Update year range in copyright notice of all files owned by the GDB project.
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "infrun.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "memattr.h"
55 #include "ada-lang.h"
56 #include "top.h"
57 #include "valprint.h"
58 #include "jit.h"
59 #include "xml-syscall.h"
60 #include "parser-defs.h"
61 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "probe.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
65 #include "stack.h"
66 #include "skip.h"
67 #include "ax-gdb.h"
68 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69
70 #include "format.h"
71
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
75
76 /* readline defines this. */
77 #undef savestring
78
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
81
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
84 {
85 EX_EVENT_THROW,
86 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
87 EX_EVENT_CATCH
88 };
89
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
91
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
93
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
103 void *),
104 void *);
105
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
107
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
109
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
111
112 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
113 struct linespec_result *,
114 enum bptype, char *,
115 char **);
116
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
118 struct linespec_result *,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype,
120 enum bpdisp, int, int,
121 int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
124
125 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
126 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
127
128 static void clear_command (char *, int);
129
130 static void catch_command (char *, int);
131
132 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
133
134 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
135
136 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
137
138 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
139 enum bptype,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
141 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
142 const struct symtab_and_line *);
143
144 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
145 static. */
146 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
147 struct symtab_and_line,
148 enum bptype,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
150
151 static struct breakpoint *
152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
153 enum bptype type,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
155 int loc_enabled);
156
157 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
158
159 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
160 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
161 enum bptype bptype);
162
163 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
164 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
165 struct obj_section *, int);
166
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
169
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
172 CORE_ADDR addr);
173
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
180
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188
189 typedef enum
190 {
191 mark_inserted,
192 mark_uninserted
193 }
194 insertion_state_t;
195
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
200
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
208
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
210 enum bptype type,
211 int *other_type_used);
212
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
218 int count);
219
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225
226 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
227
228 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
229 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
230 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
231
232 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
233
234 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
235 insert locations now. */
236 enum ugll_insert_mode
237 {
238 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
239 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
240 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
241 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
242 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
243 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
244 returns true on them.
245
246 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
247 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
248 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
249 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
250 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
251 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
252 the inferior. */
253 UGLL_DONT_INSERT,
254
255 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
256 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
257 UGLL_MAY_INSERT,
258
259 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
260 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
261 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
262 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
263 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
264 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
265 as no thread is running yet. */
266 UGLL_INSERT
267 };
268
269 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
270
271 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
272
273 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
274
275 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
276
277 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
278
279 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
280
281 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
282
283 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
284
285 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
286
287 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
288
289 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
290
291 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
292
293 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
294
295 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
296 otherwise. */
297
298 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
299
300 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
301 from. */
302 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
303
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
308
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
311
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
314
315 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
317
318 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
319 breakpoints. */
320 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
321
322 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
323 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
324
325 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
326 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
327
328 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
329 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
330 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
331 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
332 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
333 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
334
335 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
336 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
337 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
338 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
339 dprintf_style_gdb,
340 dprintf_style_call,
341 dprintf_style_agent,
342 NULL
343 };
344 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
345
346 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
347 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
348 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
349 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
350
351 static char *dprintf_function = "";
352
353 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
354 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
355 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
356 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
357 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
358 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
359 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
360
361 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
362
363 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
364 has disconnected. */
365 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
366
367 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
368 breakpoints share a single command list. */
369 struct counted_command_line
370 {
371 /* The reference count. */
372 int refc;
373
374 /* The command list. */
375 struct command_line *commands;
376 };
377
378 struct command_line *
379 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
380 {
381 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
382 }
383
384 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
385 current breakpoint. */
386
387 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
388
389 const char *
390 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
391 {
392 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
393 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
394 a breakpoint. */
395 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
396
397 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
398 }
399
400 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
401 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
402 if such is available. */
403 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
404
405 static void
406 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
407 struct cmd_list_element *c,
408 const char *value)
409 {
410 fprintf_filtered (file,
411 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
412 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
413 value);
414 }
415
416 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
417 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
418 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
420 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
421 static void
422 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
423 struct cmd_list_element *c,
424 const char *value)
425 {
426 fprintf_filtered (file,
427 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
428 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 value);
430 }
431
432 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
433 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
434 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
435 use hardware breakpoints. */
436 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
437 static void
438 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
439 struct cmd_list_element *c,
440 const char *value)
441 {
442 fprintf_filtered (file,
443 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 value);
445 }
446
447 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
448 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
449 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
450 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
451 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
452 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
453 processing user input. */
454 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
455
456 static void
457 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
458 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
459 {
460 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
461 value);
462 }
463
464 /* See breakpoint.h. */
465
466 int
467 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
468 {
469 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
470 {
471 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
472 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
473 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
474 return 1;
475 }
476 else if (target_has_execution)
477 {
478 if (always_inserted_mode)
479 {
480 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
481 are stopped. */
482 return 1;
483 }
484
485 if (threads_are_executing ())
486 return 1;
487 }
488 return 0;
489 }
490
491 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
492
493 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
494 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
495 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
496 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
497 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
498 condition_evaluation_auto,
499 condition_evaluation_host,
500 condition_evaluation_target,
501 NULL
502 };
503
504 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
506
507 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
508 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
509 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
510
511 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
512 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
513 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
514 evaluation mode. */
515
516 static const char *
517 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
518 {
519 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
520 {
521 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
522 return condition_evaluation_target;
523 else
524 return condition_evaluation_host;
525 }
526 else
527 return mode;
528 }
529
530 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
531
532 static const char *
533 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
534 {
535 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
536 }
537
538 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
539 otherwise. */
540
541 static int
542 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
543 {
544 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
545
546 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
547 }
548
549 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
550
551 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
552 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
553
554 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
555 static int overlay_events_enabled;
556
557 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
558 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
559
560 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
562 current breakpoint. */
563
564 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
565
566 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
567 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
568 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
569 B = TMP)
570
571 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
572 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
573 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
574
575 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
576 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
577 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
578 BP_TMP++)
579
580 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
581 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
582 to where the loop should start from.
583 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
584 appropriate location to start with. */
585
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
587 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
588 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
589 BP_LOCP_START \
590 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
591 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
592 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
593
594 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
595
596 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
597 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
598 if (is_tracepoint (B))
599
600 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
601
602 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
603
604 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
605
606 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
607
608 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
609
610 static unsigned bp_location_count;
611
612 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
613 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
614 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
615 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
616 an address you need to read. */
617
618 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
619
620 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
621 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
622 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
623 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
624 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
625
626 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
627
628 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
629 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
630 by a target. */
631 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
632
633 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
634
635 static int breakpoint_count;
636
637 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
638 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
639 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
640 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
641 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
642
643 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
644
645 static int tracepoint_count;
646
647 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
648 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
649 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
650
651 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
652 static int
653 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
654 {
655 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
656 }
657
658 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
659
660 static void
661 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
662 {
663 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
664 breakpoint_count = num;
665 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
666 }
667
668 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
669 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
670 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
671
672 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
673 breakpoint made. */
674
675 void
676 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
677 {
678 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
679 }
680
681 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
682 breakpoint made. */
683
684 void
685 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
686 {
687 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
688 }
689
690 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
691
692 void
693 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
694 {
695 struct breakpoint *b;
696
697 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
698 b->hit_count = 0;
699 }
700
701 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
702 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
703
704 static struct counted_command_line *
705 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
706 {
707 struct counted_command_line *result
708 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
709
710 result->refc = 1;
711 result->commands = commands;
712 return result;
713 }
714
715 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
716
717 static void
718 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
719 {
720 if (cmd)
721 ++cmd->refc;
722 }
723
724 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
725 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
726 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
727
728 static void
729 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
730 {
731 if (*cmdp)
732 {
733 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
734 {
735 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
736 xfree (*cmdp);
737 }
738 *cmdp = NULL;
739 }
740 }
741
742 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
743
744 static void
745 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
746 {
747 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
748 }
749
750 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
751 argument. */
752
753 static struct cleanup *
754 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
755 {
756 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
757 }
758
759 \f
760 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
761 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
762
763 struct breakpoint *
764 get_breakpoint (int num)
765 {
766 struct breakpoint *b;
767
768 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
769 if (b->number == num)
770 return b;
771
772 return NULL;
773 }
774
775 \f
776
777 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
778 evaluating conditions on its side. */
779
780 static void
781 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
782 {
783 struct bp_location *loc;
784
785 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
786 evaluating conditions and if the user has
787 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
788 side. */
789 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
790 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
791 return;
792
793 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
794 return;
795
796 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
797 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
798 }
799
800 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
802
803 static void
804 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
805 {
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
809 side. */
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
812
813 return;
814
815 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
816 return;
817
818 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
819 }
820
821 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
822 condition_evaluation_mode. */
823
824 static void
825 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
826 struct cmd_list_element *c)
827 {
828 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
829
830 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
831 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
832 {
833 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
834 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
835 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
836 return;
837 }
838
839 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
840 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
841
842 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
843 settings was "auto". */
844 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
845
846 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
847 if (new_mode != old_mode)
848 {
849 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
850 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
851 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
852
853 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
854 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
855 */
856
857 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
858 {
859 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
860 target. */
861 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
862 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
863 }
864 else
865 {
866 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
867 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
868 target knows about. */
869 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
870 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
871 loc->needs_update = 1;
872 }
873
874 /* Do the update. */
875 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
876 }
877
878 return;
879 }
880
881 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
882 what "auto" is translating to. */
883
884 static void
885 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
886 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
887 {
888 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
889 fprintf_filtered (file,
890 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
891 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
892 value,
893 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
894 else
895 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
896 value);
897 }
898
899 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
900 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
901 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
902
903 static int
904 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
905 {
906 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
907 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
908
909 if (a->address == b->address)
910 return 0;
911 else
912 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
913 }
914
915 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
916 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
917 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
918 return NULL. */
919
920 static struct bp_location **
921 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
922 {
923 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
924 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
925 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
926
927 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
928 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
929 dummy_loc.address = address;
930
931 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
932 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
933 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
934 bp_location_compare_addrs);
935
936 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
937 if (locp_found == NULL)
938 return NULL;
939
940 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
941 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
942 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
943 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
944 locp_found--;
945
946 return locp_found;
947 }
948
949 void
950 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
951 int from_tty)
952 {
953 xfree (b->cond_string);
954 b->cond_string = NULL;
955
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
957 {
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
959
960 xfree (w->cond_exp);
961 w->cond_exp = NULL;
962 }
963 else
964 {
965 struct bp_location *loc;
966
967 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
968 {
969 xfree (loc->cond);
970 loc->cond = NULL;
971
972 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
973 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
974 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
975 }
976 }
977
978 if (*exp == 0)
979 {
980 if (from_tty)
981 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
982 }
983 else
984 {
985 const char *arg = exp;
986
987 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
988 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
989 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
990 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
991
992 if (is_watchpoint (b))
993 {
994 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
995
996 innermost_block = NULL;
997 arg = exp;
998 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
999 if (*arg)
1000 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1001 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
1002 }
1003 else
1004 {
1005 struct bp_location *loc;
1006
1007 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1008 {
1009 arg = exp;
1010 loc->cond =
1011 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1012 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1013 if (*arg)
1014 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1015 }
1016 }
1017 }
1018 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1019
1020 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1021 }
1022
1023 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1024
1025 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1026 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1027 const char *text, const char *word)
1028 {
1029 const char *space;
1030
1031 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1032 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1033 if (*space == '\0')
1034 {
1035 int len;
1036 struct breakpoint *b;
1037 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1038
1039 if (text[0] == '$')
1040 {
1041 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1042 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1043 return NULL;
1044 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1045 }
1046
1047 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1048 len = strlen (text);
1049
1050 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1051 {
1052 char number[50];
1053
1054 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1055
1056 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1057 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1058 }
1059
1060 return result;
1061 }
1062
1063 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1064 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1065 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1066 }
1067
1068 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1069
1070 static void
1071 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1072 {
1073 struct breakpoint *b;
1074 char *p;
1075 int bnum;
1076
1077 if (arg == 0)
1078 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1079
1080 p = arg;
1081 bnum = get_number (&p);
1082 if (bnum == 0)
1083 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1084
1085 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1086 if (b->number == bnum)
1087 {
1088 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1089 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1090 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1091 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1092 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1093
1094 if (extlang != NULL)
1095 {
1096 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1097 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1098 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1099 }
1100 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1101
1102 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1103 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1104
1105 return;
1106 }
1107
1108 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1109 }
1110
1111 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1112 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1113 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1114
1115 static void
1116 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1117 {
1118 struct command_line *c;
1119
1120 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1121 {
1122 int i;
1123
1124 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1125 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1126 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1127
1128 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1129 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1130
1131 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1132 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1133 command directly. */
1134 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1135 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1136
1137 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1138 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1139 }
1140 }
1141
1142 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1143
1144 static int
1145 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1146 {
1147 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1148 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1149 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1150 }
1151
1152 int
1153 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1154 {
1155 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1156 }
1157
1158 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1159 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1160 found. */
1161
1162 static void
1163 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1164 struct command_line *commands)
1165 {
1166 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1167 {
1168 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1169 struct command_line *c;
1170 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1171
1172 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1173 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1174 ones might not. */
1175 t->step_count = 0;
1176
1177 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1178 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1179 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1180 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1181 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1182 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1183 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1184 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1185 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1186 tracepoint's context. */
1187 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1188 {
1189 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1190 {
1191 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1192 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1193 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1194 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1195 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1196 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1197
1198 if (while_stepping)
1199 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1200 "can be used only once"));
1201 else
1202 while_stepping = c;
1203 }
1204
1205 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1206 }
1207 if (while_stepping)
1208 {
1209 struct command_line *c2;
1210
1211 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1212 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1213 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1214 {
1215 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1217 }
1218 }
1219 }
1220 else
1221 {
1222 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1223 }
1224 }
1225
1226 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1227 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1228
1229 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1230 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1231 {
1232 struct breakpoint *b;
1233 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1234 struct bp_location *loc;
1235
1236 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1237 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1238 {
1239 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1240 if (loc->address == addr)
1241 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1242 }
1243
1244 return found;
1245 }
1246
1247 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1248 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1249
1250 void
1251 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1252 struct command_line *commands)
1253 {
1254 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1255
1256 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1257 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1259 }
1260
1261 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1262 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1263 commands. */
1264
1265 void
1266 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1267 {
1268 int old_silent = b->silent;
1269
1270 b->silent = silent;
1271 if (old_silent != silent)
1272 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1273 }
1274
1275 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1276 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1277
1278 void
1279 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1280 {
1281 int old_thread = b->thread;
1282
1283 b->thread = thread;
1284 if (old_thread != thread)
1285 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1286 }
1287
1288 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1289 breakpoint work for any task. */
1290
1291 void
1292 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1293 {
1294 int old_task = b->task;
1295
1296 b->task = task;
1297 if (old_task != task)
1298 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1299 }
1300
1301 void
1302 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1303 {
1304 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1305
1306 validate_actionline (line, b);
1307 }
1308
1309 /* A structure used to pass information through
1310 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1311
1312 struct commands_info
1313 {
1314 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1315 int from_tty;
1316
1317 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1318 char *arg;
1319
1320 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1321 already-parsed command. */
1322 struct command_line *control;
1323
1324 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1325 yet been read. */
1326 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1327 };
1328
1329 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1330 commands_command. */
1331
1332 static void
1333 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1334 {
1335 struct commands_info *info = data;
1336
1337 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1338 {
1339 struct command_line *l;
1340
1341 if (info->control != NULL)
1342 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1343 else
1344 {
1345 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1346 char *str;
1347
1348 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1349 "%s, one per line."),
1350 info->arg);
1351
1352 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1353
1354 l = read_command_lines (str,
1355 info->from_tty, 1,
1356 (is_tracepoint (b)
1357 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1358 b);
1359
1360 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1361 }
1362
1363 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1364 }
1365
1366 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1367 do anything. */
1368 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1369 {
1370 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1371 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1372 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1373 b->commands = info->cmd;
1374 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1375 }
1376 }
1377
1378 static void
1379 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1380 struct command_line *control)
1381 {
1382 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1383 struct commands_info info;
1384
1385 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1386 info.control = control;
1387 info.cmd = NULL;
1388 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1389 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1390 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1391
1392 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1393 {
1394 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1395 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1396 breakpoint_count);
1397 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1398 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1399 else
1400 {
1401 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1402 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1403 numbers will fail in this case. */
1404 arg = NULL;
1405 }
1406 }
1407 else
1408 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1409 our argument. */
1410 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1411
1412 if (arg != NULL)
1413 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1414
1415 info.arg = arg;
1416
1417 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1418
1419 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1420 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1421
1422 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1423 }
1424
1425 static void
1426 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1427 {
1428 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1429 }
1430
1431 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1432 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1433
1434 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1435 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1436 enum command_control_type
1437 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1438 {
1439 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1440 return simple_control;
1441 }
1442
1443 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1444
1445 static int
1446 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1447 {
1448 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1449 return 0;
1450 if (!bl->inserted)
1451 return 0;
1452 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1453 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1454 return 0;
1455 return 1;
1456 }
1457
1458 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1459 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1460 contents.
1461
1462 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1463 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1464 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1465
1466 static void
1467 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1468 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1469 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1470 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1471 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1472 {
1473 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1474 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1475 int bp_size = 0;
1476 int bptoffset = 0;
1477
1478 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1479 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1480 {
1481 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1482 return;
1483 }
1484
1485 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1486 we need to copy. */
1487 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1488 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1489
1490 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1491 {
1492 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1493 reading. */
1494 return;
1495 }
1496
1497 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1498 {
1499 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1500 reading. */
1501 return;
1502 }
1503
1504 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1505 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1506 {
1507 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1508 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1509 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1510 bp_addr = memaddr;
1511 }
1512
1513 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1514 {
1515 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1516 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1517 }
1518
1519 if (readbuf != NULL)
1520 {
1521 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1522 shadow_contents buffer. */
1523 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1524 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1525 + target_info->shadow_len));
1526
1527 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1528 shadow. */
1529 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1530 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1531 }
1532 else
1533 {
1534 const unsigned char *bp;
1535 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1536 int placed_size;
1537
1538 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1539 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1540 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1541
1542 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1543 address. */
1544 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1545
1546 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1547 breakpoint's INSN. */
1548 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1549 }
1550 }
1551
1552 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1553 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1554
1555 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1556 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1557 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1558
1559 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1560 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1561 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1562 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1563 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1564 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1565 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1566 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1567 and:
1568 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1569
1570 void
1571 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1572 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1573 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1574 {
1575 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1576 search. */
1577 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1578 size_t i;
1579
1580 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1581 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1582 report higher one. */
1583
1584 bc_l = 0;
1585 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1586 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1587 {
1588 struct bp_location *bl;
1589
1590 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1591 bl = bp_location[bc];
1592
1593 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1594 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1595 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1596 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1597
1598 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1599 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1600 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1601
1602 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1603 >= bl->address)
1604 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1605 <= memaddr))
1606 bc_l = bc;
1607 else
1608 bc_r = bc;
1609 }
1610
1611 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1612 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1613 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1614 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1615 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1616 B:
1617
1618 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1619
1620 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1621 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1622 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1623 and L2. */
1624 while (bc_l > 0
1625 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1626 bc_l--;
1627
1628 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1629
1630 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1631 {
1632 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1633 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1634 int bp_size = 0;
1635 int bptoffset = 0;
1636
1637 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1638 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1639 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1640 bl->owner->number);
1641
1642 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1643 content. */
1644
1645 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1646 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1647 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1648 break;
1649
1650 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1651 continue;
1652
1653 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1654 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1655 }
1656 }
1657
1658 \f
1659
1660 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1661 breakpoint. */
1662
1663 int
1664 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1665 {
1666 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1667 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1668 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1669 }
1670
1671 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1672
1673 static int
1674 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1675 {
1676 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1677 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1678 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1679 }
1680
1681 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1682 software. */
1683
1684 int
1685 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1686 {
1687 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1688 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1689 }
1690
1691 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1692 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1693 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1694 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1695 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1696 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1697 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1698 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1699
1700 static int
1701 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1702 {
1703 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1704 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1705 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1706 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1707 }
1708
1709 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1710 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1711
1712 static void
1713 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1714 {
1715 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1716
1717 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1718 {
1719 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1720 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1721 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1722 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1723 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1724 }
1725 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1726 }
1727
1728 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1729 watchpoint W. */
1730
1731 static struct value *
1732 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1733 {
1734 struct value *bit_val;
1735
1736 if (val == NULL)
1737 return NULL;
1738
1739 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1740
1741 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1742 w->val_bitpos,
1743 w->val_bitsize,
1744 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1745 value_offset (val),
1746 val);
1747
1748 return bit_val;
1749 }
1750
1751 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1752 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1753 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1754 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1755 in b->loc->cond.
1756 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1757
1758 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1759 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1760 it.
1761
1762 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1763 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1764 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1765 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1766 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1767 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1768 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1769 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1770
1771 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1772 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1773 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1774 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1775 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1776 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1777 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1778 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1779 not changed.
1780
1781 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1782 hardware watchpoints:
1783
1784 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1785 called several times when GDB stops.
1786
1787 [linux]
1788 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1789 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1790 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1791 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1792 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1793 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1794 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1795 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1796 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1797 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1798 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1799
1800 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1801 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1802
1803 static void
1804 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1805 {
1806 int within_current_scope;
1807 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1808 int frame_saved;
1809
1810 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1811 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1812 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1813 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1814 return;
1815
1816 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1817 return;
1818
1819 frame_saved = 0;
1820
1821 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1822 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1823 within_current_scope = 1;
1824 else
1825 {
1826 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1827 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1828 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1829
1830 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1831 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1832 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1833 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1834 return;
1835
1836 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1837 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1838 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1839 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1840 selected frame. */
1841 frame_saved = 1;
1842 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1843
1844 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1845 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1846 if (within_current_scope)
1847 select_frame (fi);
1848 }
1849
1850 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1851 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1852 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1853 b->base.loc = NULL;
1854
1855 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1856 {
1857 const char *s;
1858
1859 if (b->exp)
1860 {
1861 xfree (b->exp);
1862 b->exp = NULL;
1863 }
1864 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1865 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1866 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1867 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1868 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1869 be completely different objects. */
1870 value_free (b->val);
1871 b->val = NULL;
1872 b->val_valid = 0;
1873
1874 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1875 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1876 locations (re)created below. */
1877 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1878 {
1879 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1880 {
1881 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1882 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1883 }
1884
1885 s = b->base.cond_string;
1886 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1887 }
1888 }
1889
1890 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1891 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1892 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1893 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1894 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1895 if (!target_has_execution)
1896 {
1897 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1898 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1899 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1900 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1901 {
1902 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1903 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1904 else
1905 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1906 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1907 }
1908 }
1909 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1910 {
1911 int pc = 0;
1912 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1913 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1914
1915 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1916
1917 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1918 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1919 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1920 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1921 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1922 watchpoints. */
1923 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1924 {
1925 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1926 {
1927 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1928 if (v != NULL)
1929 release_value (v);
1930 }
1931 b->val = v;
1932 b->val_valid = 1;
1933 }
1934
1935 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1936
1937 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1938 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1939 {
1940 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1941 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1942 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1943 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1944 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1945 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1946 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1947 {
1948 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1949
1950 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1951 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1952 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1953 if (v == result
1954 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1955 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1956 {
1957 CORE_ADDR addr;
1958 int type;
1959 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1960 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1961
1962 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1963 {
1964 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1965 sub-expression. */
1966 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1967 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1968 }
1969 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1970 {
1971 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1972 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1973 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1974 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1975 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1976 }
1977
1978 addr = value_address (v);
1979 if (bitsize != 0)
1980 {
1981 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1982 addr += bitpos / 8;
1983 }
1984
1985 type = hw_write;
1986 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1987 type = hw_read;
1988 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1989 type = hw_access;
1990
1991 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1992 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1993 ;
1994 *tmp = loc;
1995 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1996
1997 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1998 loc->address = addr;
1999
2000 if (bitsize != 0)
2001 {
2002 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2003 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2004 }
2005 else
2006 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2007
2008 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2009 }
2010 }
2011 }
2012
2013 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2014 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2015 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2016 is started. */
2017 if (reparse)
2018 {
2019 int reg_cnt;
2020 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2021 struct bp_location *bl;
2022
2023 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2024
2025 if (reg_cnt)
2026 {
2027 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2028 enum bptype type;
2029
2030 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2031 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2032 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2033
2034 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2035 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2036 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2037 this watchpoint in as well. */
2038
2039 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2040 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2041 hardware watchpoint type. */
2042 type = b->base.type;
2043 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2044 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2045
2046 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2047 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2048 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2049 through watch_command), so always account for it
2050 manually. */
2051
2052 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2053 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2054
2055 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2056 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2057
2058 target_resources_ok
2059 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2060 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2061 {
2062 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2063
2064 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2065 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2066 "hardware watchpoint."));
2067 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2068 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2069 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2070
2071 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2072 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2073 }
2074 else
2075 {
2076 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2077 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2078 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2079 nop. */
2080 b->base.type = type;
2081 }
2082 }
2083 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2084 {
2085 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2086 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2087 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2088 else
2089 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2090 "read/access watchpoint."));
2091 }
2092 else
2093 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2094
2095 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2096 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2097 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2098 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2099 }
2100
2101 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2102 {
2103 next = value_next (v);
2104 if (v != b->val)
2105 value_free (v);
2106 }
2107
2108 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2109 above left it without any location set up. But,
2110 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2111 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2112 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2113 {
2114 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2115 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2116 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2117 base->loc->address = -1;
2118 base->loc->length = -1;
2119 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2120 }
2121 }
2122 else if (!within_current_scope)
2123 {
2124 printf_filtered (_("\
2125 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2126 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2127 b->base.number);
2128 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2129 }
2130
2131 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2132 if (frame_saved)
2133 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2134 }
2135
2136
2137 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2138 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2139 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2140 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2141 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2142 static int
2143 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2144 {
2145 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2146 return 0;
2147
2148 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2149 return 0;
2150
2151 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2152 return 0;
2153
2154 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2155 return 0;
2156
2157 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2158 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2159 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2160 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2161 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2162 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2163 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2164 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2165 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2166 return 0;
2167
2168 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2169 location. */
2170 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2171 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2172 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2173 bl->address))
2174 {
2175 if (debug_infrun)
2176 {
2177 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2178 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2179 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2180 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2181 }
2182 return 0;
2183 }
2184
2185 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2186 instruction that triggered one. */
2187 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2188 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2189 {
2190 if (debug_infrun)
2191 {
2192 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2193 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2194 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2195 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2196 bl->length);
2197 }
2198 return 0;
2199 }
2200
2201 return 1;
2202 }
2203
2204 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2205 that the location is not duplicated. */
2206
2207 static int
2208 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2209 {
2210 int result;
2211 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2212
2213 bl->duplicate = 0;
2214 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2215 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2216 return result;
2217 }
2218
2219 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2220 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2221 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2222 any error during parsing. */
2223
2224 static struct agent_expr *
2225 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2226 {
2227 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2228 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2229
2230 if (!cond)
2231 return NULL;
2232
2233 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2234 that may show up. */
2235 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2236 {
2237 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2238 }
2239
2240 if (ex.reason < 0)
2241 {
2242 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2243 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2244 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2245 return NULL;
2246 }
2247
2248 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2249 return aexpr;
2250 }
2251
2252 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2253 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2254 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2255 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2256 one of them is true. */
2257
2258 static void
2259 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2260 {
2261 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2262 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2263 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2264 struct bp_location *loc;
2265
2266 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2267 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2268
2269 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2270 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2271 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2272 side. */
2273 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2274 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2275 return;
2276
2277 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2278 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2279 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2280 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2281 response back to GDB. */
2282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2283 {
2284 loc = (*loc2p);
2285 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2286 {
2287 if (modified)
2288 {
2289 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2290
2291 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2292 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2293 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2294 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2295 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2296 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2297
2298 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2299 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2300 to the target. */
2301 if (aexpr)
2302 continue;
2303 }
2304
2305 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2306 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2307 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2308 {
2309 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2310 break;
2311 }
2312 }
2313 }
2314
2315 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2316 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2317 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2318
2319 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2320 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2321 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2322 {
2323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2324 {
2325 loc = (*loc2p);
2326 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2327 {
2328 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2329 located. */
2330 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2331 return;
2332
2333 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2334 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2335 }
2336 }
2337 }
2338
2339 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2340 for this location's address. */
2341 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2342 {
2343 loc = (*loc2p);
2344 if (loc->cond
2345 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2346 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2347 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2348 && loc->enabled)
2349 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2350 conditions to the target. */
2351 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2352 loc->cond_bytecode);
2353 }
2354
2355 return;
2356 }
2357
2358 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2359 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2360 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2361
2362 static struct agent_expr *
2363 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2364 {
2365 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2366 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2367 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2368 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2369 const char *cmdrest;
2370 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2371 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2372 int nargs;
2373 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2374
2375 if (!cmd)
2376 return NULL;
2377
2378 cmdrest = cmd;
2379
2380 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2381 ++cmdrest;
2382 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2383
2384 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2385 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2386
2387 format_start = cmdrest;
2388
2389 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2390
2391 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2392
2393 format_end = cmdrest;
2394
2395 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2396 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2397
2398 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2399
2400 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2401 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2402
2403 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2404 cmdrest++;
2405 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2406
2407 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2408
2409 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2410 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2411
2412 nargs = 0;
2413 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2414 {
2415 const char *cmd1;
2416
2417 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2418 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2419 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2420 cmdrest = cmd1;
2421 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2422 ++cmdrest;
2423 }
2424
2425 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2426 that may show up. */
2427 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2428 {
2429 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2430 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2431 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2432 }
2433
2434 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2435
2436 if (ex.reason < 0)
2437 {
2438 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2439 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2440 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2441 return NULL;
2442 }
2443
2444 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2445 return aexpr;
2446 }
2447
2448 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2449 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2450 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2451
2452 static void
2453 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2454 {
2455 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2456 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2457 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2458 struct bp_location *loc;
2459
2460 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2461 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2462
2463 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2464 return;
2465
2466 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2467 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2468 return;
2469
2470 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2471 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2472 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2473 control. */
2474 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2475 {
2476 loc = (*loc2p);
2477 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2478 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2479 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2480 return;
2481 }
2482
2483 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2484 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2485 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2486 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2487 response back to GDB. */
2488 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2489 {
2490 loc = (*loc2p);
2491 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2492 {
2493 if (modified)
2494 {
2495 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2496
2497 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2498 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2499 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2500 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2501 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2502 loc->owner->extra_string);
2503 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2504
2505 if (!aexpr)
2506 continue;
2507 }
2508
2509 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2510 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2511 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2512 {
2513 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2514 break;
2515 }
2516 }
2517 }
2518
2519 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2520 and so clean up. */
2521 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2522 {
2523 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2524 {
2525 loc = (*loc2p);
2526 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2527 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2528 {
2529 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2530 located. */
2531 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2532 return;
2533
2534 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2535 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2536 }
2537 }
2538 }
2539
2540 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2541 for this location's address. */
2542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2543 {
2544 loc = (*loc2p);
2545 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2546 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2547 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2548 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2549 && loc->enabled)
2550 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2551 to send the commands to the target. */
2552 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2553 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2554 }
2555
2556 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2557 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2558 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2559 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2560 }
2561
2562 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2563 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2564 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2565 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2566 -1 for failure.
2567
2568 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2569 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2570 static int
2571 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2572 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2573 int *disabled_breaks,
2574 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2575 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2576 {
2577 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2578 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2579 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2580
2581 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2582 return 0;
2583
2584 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2585 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2586 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2587 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2588 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2589 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2590 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2591 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2592 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2593 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2594 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2595 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2596
2597 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2598 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2599 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2600 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2601
2602 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2603 {
2604 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2605 build_target_command_list (bl);
2606 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2607 bl->needs_update = 0;
2608 }
2609
2610 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2611 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2612 {
2613 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2614 {
2615 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2616 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2617 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2618
2619 Two important cases are:
2620 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2621 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2622 hardware breakpoint.
2623 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2624 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2625 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2626 so we undo.
2627
2628 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2629 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2630 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2631 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2632 gdb. */
2633 struct mem_region *mr
2634 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2635
2636 if (mr)
2637 {
2638 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2639 {
2640 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2641
2642 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2643 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2644 else
2645 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2646
2647 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2648 {
2649 static int said = 0;
2650
2651 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2652 if (!said)
2653 {
2654 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2655 _("Note: automatically using "
2656 "hardware breakpoints for "
2657 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2658 said = 1;
2659 }
2660 }
2661 }
2662 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2663 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2664 {
2665 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2666 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2667 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2668 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2669 bl->owner->number,
2670 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2671 return 1;
2672 }
2673 }
2674 }
2675
2676 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2677 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2678 || bl->section == NULL
2679 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2680 {
2681 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2682 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2683 {
2684 int val;
2685
2686 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2687 if (val)
2688 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2689 }
2690 if (e.reason < 0)
2691 {
2692 bp_err = e.error;
2693 bp_err_message = e.message;
2694 }
2695 }
2696 else
2697 {
2698 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2699 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2700 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2701 {
2702 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2703 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2704 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2705 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2706 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2707 bl->owner->number);
2708 else
2709 {
2710 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2711 bl->section);
2712 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2713 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2714 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2715
2716 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2717 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2718 {
2719 int val;
2720
2721 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2722 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2723 if (val)
2724 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2725 }
2726 if (e.reason < 0)
2727 {
2728 bp_err = e.error;
2729 bp_err_message = e.message;
2730 }
2731
2732 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2733 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2734 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2735 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2736 bl->owner->number);
2737 }
2738 }
2739 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2740 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2741 {
2742 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2743 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2744 {
2745 int val;
2746
2747 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2748 if (val)
2749 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2750 }
2751 if (e.reason < 0)
2752 {
2753 bp_err = e.error;
2754 bp_err_message = e.message;
2755 }
2756 }
2757 else
2758 {
2759 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2760 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2761 return 0;
2762 }
2763 }
2764
2765 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2766 {
2767 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2768
2769 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2770 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2771 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2772 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2773 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2774 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2775 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2776 errors as memory errors. */
2777 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2778 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2779 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2780 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2781 bl->address)))
2782 {
2783 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2784 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2785 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2786 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2787 {
2788 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2789 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2790 bl->owner->number);
2791 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2792 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2793 "library breakpoints:\n");
2794 }
2795 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2796 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2797 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2798 return 0;
2799 }
2800 else
2801 {
2802 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2803 {
2804 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2805 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2806 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2807 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2808 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2809 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2810 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2811 }
2812 else
2813 {
2814 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2815 {
2816 char *message
2817 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2818 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2819 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2820
2821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2822 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2823 "%s\n",
2824 bl->owner->number, message);
2825 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2826 }
2827 else
2828 {
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2830 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2831 bl->owner->number,
2832 bp_err_message);
2833 }
2834 }
2835 return 1;
2836
2837 }
2838 }
2839 else
2840 bl->inserted = 1;
2841
2842 return 0;
2843 }
2844
2845 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2846 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2847 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2848 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2849 {
2850 int val;
2851
2852 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2853 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2854
2855 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2856
2857 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2858 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2859 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2860 {
2861 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2862
2863 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2864 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2865 of this one. */
2866 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2867 if (loc != bl
2868 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2869 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2870 {
2871 bl->duplicate = 1;
2872 bl->inserted = 1;
2873 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2874 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2875 val = 0;
2876 break;
2877 }
2878
2879 if (val == 1)
2880 {
2881 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2882 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2883
2884 if (val)
2885 /* Back to the original value. */
2886 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2887 }
2888 }
2889
2890 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2891 }
2892
2893 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2894 {
2895 int val;
2896
2897 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2898 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2899
2900 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2901 if (val)
2902 {
2903 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2904
2905 if (val == 1)
2906 warning (_("\
2907 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2908 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2909 else
2910 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2911 }
2912
2913 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2914
2915 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2916 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2917 so just return success. */
2918 return 0;
2919 }
2920
2921 return 0;
2922 }
2923
2924 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2925 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2926 PSPACE anymore. */
2927
2928 void
2929 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2930 {
2931 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2932 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2933
2934 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2936 {
2937 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2938 delete_breakpoint (b);
2939 }
2940
2941 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2942 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2944 {
2945 struct bp_location *tmp;
2946
2947 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2948 {
2949 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2950 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2951 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2952 else
2953 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2954 if (tmp->next == loc)
2955 {
2956 tmp->next = loc->next;
2957 break;
2958 }
2959 }
2960 }
2961
2962 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2963 removed locations above. */
2964 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2965 }
2966
2967 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2968 Throws exception on any error.
2969 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2970 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2971 void
2972 insert_breakpoints (void)
2973 {
2974 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2975
2976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2977 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2978 {
2979 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2980
2981 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2982 }
2983
2984 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2985 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2986 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2987 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2988 }
2989
2990 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2991
2992 void
2993 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2994 {
2995 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2996
2997 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2998 {
2999 callback (loc, NULL);
3000 }
3001 }
3002
3003 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3004 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3005 always-inserted mode. */
3006
3007 static void
3008 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3009 {
3010 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3011 int error_flag = 0;
3012 int val = 0;
3013 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3014 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3015 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3016
3017 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3018 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3019
3020 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3021 there was an error. */
3022 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3023
3024 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3025
3026 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3027 {
3028 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3029 breakpoints. */
3030 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3031 continue;
3032
3033 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3034 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3035 deletion of breakpoints. */
3036 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3037 continue;
3038
3039 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3040
3041 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3042 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3043 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3044 insert breakpoints. */
3045 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3046 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3047 continue;
3048
3049 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3050 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3051 if (val)
3052 error_flag = val;
3053 }
3054
3055 if (error_flag)
3056 {
3057 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3058 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3059 }
3060
3061 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3062 }
3063
3064 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3065
3066 static void
3067 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3068 {
3069 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3070 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3071 int error_flag = 0;
3072 int val = 0;
3073 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3074 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3075 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3076
3077 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3078 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3079
3080 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3081 there was an error. */
3082 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3083
3084 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3085
3086 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3087 {
3088 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3089 continue;
3090
3091 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3092 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3093 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3094 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3095 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3096 continue;
3097
3098 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3099
3100 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3101 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3102 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3103 insert breakpoints. */
3104 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3105 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3106 continue;
3107
3108 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3109 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3110 if (val)
3111 error_flag = val;
3112 }
3113
3114 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3115 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3116 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3117 {
3118 int some_failed = 0;
3119 struct bp_location *loc;
3120
3121 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3122 continue;
3123
3124 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3125 continue;
3126
3127 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3128 continue;
3129
3130 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3131 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3132 {
3133 some_failed = 1;
3134 break;
3135 }
3136 if (some_failed)
3137 {
3138 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3139 if (loc->inserted)
3140 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3141
3142 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3143 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3144 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3145 bpt->number);
3146 error_flag = -1;
3147 }
3148 }
3149
3150 if (error_flag)
3151 {
3152 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3153 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3154 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3155 {
3156 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3157 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3158 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3159 }
3160 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3161 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3162 }
3163
3164 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3165 }
3166
3167 /* Used when the program stops.
3168 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3169 removing a breakpoint location. */
3170
3171 int
3172 remove_breakpoints (void)
3173 {
3174 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3175 int val = 0;
3176
3177 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3178 {
3179 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3180 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3181 }
3182 return val;
3183 }
3184
3185 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3186 that thread. */
3187
3188 static void
3189 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3190 {
3191 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3192
3193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3194 {
3195 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3196 {
3197 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3198
3199 printf_filtered (_("\
3200 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3201 b->number, tp->num);
3202
3203 /* Hide it from the user. */
3204 b->number = 0;
3205 }
3206 }
3207 }
3208
3209 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3210
3211 int
3212 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3213 {
3214 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3215 int val;
3216 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3217
3218 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3219 {
3220 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3221 continue;
3222
3223 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3224 {
3225 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3226 if (val != 0)
3227 return val;
3228 }
3229 }
3230 return 0;
3231 }
3232
3233 int
3234 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3235 {
3236 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3237 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3238 int val;
3239 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3240 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3241 struct inferior *inf;
3242 struct thread_info *tp;
3243
3244 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3245 if (tp == NULL)
3246 return 1;
3247
3248 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3249 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3250
3251 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3252
3253 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3254 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3255
3256 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3257 {
3258 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3259 continue;
3260
3261 if (bl->inserted)
3262 {
3263 bl->inserted = 0;
3264 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3265 if (val != 0)
3266 {
3267 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3268 return val;
3269 }
3270 }
3271 }
3272 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3273 return 0;
3274 }
3275
3276 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3277
3278 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3279 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3280 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3281 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3282 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3283 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3284 static void
3285 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3286 {
3287 if (internal)
3288 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3289 else
3290 {
3291 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3292 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3293 }
3294 }
3295
3296 static struct breakpoint *
3297 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3298 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3299 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3300 {
3301 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3302 struct breakpoint *b;
3303
3304 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3305
3306 sal.pc = address;
3307 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3308 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3309
3310 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3311 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3312 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3313
3314 return b;
3315 }
3316
3317 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3318 {
3319 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3320 };
3321 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3322
3323 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3324 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3325 {
3326 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3327 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3328
3329 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3330 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3331
3332 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3333 int longjmp_searched;
3334
3335 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3336 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3337
3338 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3339 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3340
3341 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3342 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3343
3344 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3345 int exception_searched;
3346
3347 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3348 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3349 };
3350
3351 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3352
3353 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3354 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3355
3356 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3357
3358 static int
3359 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3360 {
3361 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3362 }
3363
3364 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3365 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3366
3367 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3368 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3369 {
3370 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3371
3372 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3373 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3374 {
3375 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3376 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3377
3378 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3379 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3380 }
3381 return bp_objfile_data;
3382 }
3383
3384 static void
3385 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3386 {
3387 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3388
3389 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3390 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3391 }
3392
3393 static void
3394 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3395 {
3396 struct objfile *objfile;
3397 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3398
3399 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3400 {
3401 struct breakpoint *b;
3402 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3403 CORE_ADDR addr;
3404
3405 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3406
3407 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3408 continue;
3409
3410 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3411 {
3412 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3413
3414 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3415 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3416 {
3417 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3418 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3419 continue;
3420 }
3421 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3422 }
3423
3424 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3425 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3426 bp_overlay_event,
3427 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3428 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3429
3430 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3431 {
3432 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3433 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3434 }
3435 else
3436 {
3437 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3438 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3439 }
3440 }
3441 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3442 }
3443
3444 static void
3445 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3446 {
3447 struct program_space *pspace;
3448 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3449
3450 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3451
3452 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3453 {
3454 struct objfile *objfile;
3455
3456 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3457
3458 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3459 {
3460 int i;
3461 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3462 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3463
3464 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3465
3466 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3467
3468 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3469 {
3470 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3471
3472 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3473 if (ret != NULL)
3474 {
3475 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3476 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3477
3478 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3479 {
3480 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3481 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3482 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3483 ret = NULL;
3484 }
3485 }
3486 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3487 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3488 }
3489
3490 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3491 {
3492 int i;
3493 struct probe *probe;
3494 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3495
3496 for (i = 0;
3497 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3498 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3499 i, probe);
3500 ++i)
3501 {
3502 struct breakpoint *b;
3503
3504 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3505 get_probe_address (probe,
3506 objfile),
3507 bp_longjmp_master,
3508 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3509 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3510 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3511 }
3512
3513 continue;
3514 }
3515
3516 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3517 continue;
3518
3519 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3520 {
3521 struct breakpoint *b;
3522 const char *func_name;
3523 CORE_ADDR addr;
3524
3525 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3526 continue;
3527
3528 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3529 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3530 {
3531 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3532
3533 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3534 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3535 {
3536 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3537 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3538 continue;
3539 }
3540 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3541 }
3542
3543 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3544 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3545 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3546 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3547 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3548 }
3549 }
3550 }
3551 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3552
3553 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3554 }
3555
3556 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3557 static void
3558 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3559 {
3560 struct program_space *pspace;
3561 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3562 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3563
3564 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3565
3566 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3567 {
3568 struct objfile *objfile;
3569 CORE_ADDR addr;
3570
3571 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3572
3573 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3574 {
3575 struct breakpoint *b;
3576 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3577
3578 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3579
3580 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3581 continue;
3582
3583 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3584 {
3585 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3586
3587 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3588 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3589 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3590 {
3591 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3592 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3593 continue;
3594 }
3595 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3596 }
3597
3598 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3599 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3600 bp_std_terminate_master,
3601 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3602 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3603 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3604 }
3605 }
3606
3607 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3608
3609 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3610 }
3611
3612 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3613
3614 static void
3615 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3616 {
3617 struct objfile *objfile;
3618 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3619
3620 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3621 {
3622 struct breakpoint *b;
3623 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3624 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3625 CORE_ADDR addr;
3626
3627 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3628
3629 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3630 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3631 {
3632 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3633
3634 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3635
3636 if (ret != NULL)
3637 {
3638 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3639 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3640
3641 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3642 {
3643 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3644 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3645 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3646 ret = NULL;
3647 }
3648 }
3649 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3650 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3651 }
3652
3653 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3654 {
3655 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3656 int i;
3657 struct probe *probe;
3658
3659 for (i = 0;
3660 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3661 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3662 i, probe);
3663 ++i)
3664 {
3665 struct breakpoint *b;
3666
3667 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3668 get_probe_address (probe,
3669 objfile),
3670 bp_exception_master,
3671 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3672 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3673 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3674 }
3675
3676 continue;
3677 }
3678
3679 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3680
3681 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3682 continue;
3683
3684 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3685
3686 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3687 {
3688 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3689
3690 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3691 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3692 {
3693 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3694 continue;
3695 }
3696
3697 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3698 }
3699
3700 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3701 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3702 &current_target);
3703 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3704 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3705 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3706 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3707 }
3708
3709 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3710 }
3711
3712 void
3713 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3714 {
3715 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3716 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3717
3718 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3719 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3720 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3721 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3722 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3723 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3724 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3725 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3726 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3727 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3728 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3729
3730 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3731 {
3732 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3733 continue;
3734
3735 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3736 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3737 {
3738 delete_breakpoint (b);
3739 continue;
3740 }
3741
3742 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3743 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3744 {
3745 delete_breakpoint (b);
3746 continue;
3747 }
3748
3749 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3750 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3751 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3752 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3753 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3754 {
3755 delete_breakpoint (b);
3756 continue;
3757 }
3758
3759 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3760 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3761 {
3762 delete_breakpoint (b);
3763 continue;
3764 }
3765
3766 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3767 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3768 {
3769 delete_breakpoint (b);
3770 continue;
3771 }
3772
3773 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3774 after an exec. */
3775 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3776 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3777 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3778 {
3779 delete_breakpoint (b);
3780 continue;
3781 }
3782
3783 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3784 {
3785 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3786 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3787 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3788 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3789 continue;
3790 }
3791
3792 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3793 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3794 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3795 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3796 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3797 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3798
3799 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3800 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3801 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3802 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3803 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3804 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3805 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3806
3807 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3808 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3809 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3810 let finish_command delete it.
3811
3812 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3813 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3814 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3815 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3816 solib breakpoints.) */
3817
3818 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3819 {
3820 continue;
3821 }
3822
3823 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3824 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3825 a.out. */
3826 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3827 {
3828 delete_breakpoint (b);
3829 continue;
3830 }
3831 }
3832 }
3833
3834 int
3835 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3836 {
3837 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3838 int val = 0;
3839 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3840 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3841
3842 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3843 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3844
3845 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3846 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3847 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3848 {
3849 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3850 continue;
3851
3852 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3853 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3854 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3855 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3856 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3857 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3858 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3859 continue;
3860
3861 if (bl->inserted)
3862 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3863 }
3864
3865 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3866 return val;
3867 }
3868
3869 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3870 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3871 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3872 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3873 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3874
3875 static int
3876 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3877 {
3878 int val;
3879
3880 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3881 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3882
3883 if (bl->permanent)
3884 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3885 return 0;
3886
3887 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3888 This should not ever happen. */
3889 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3890
3891 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3892 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3893 {
3894 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3895 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3896 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3897
3898 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3899 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3900 || bl->section == NULL
3901 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3902 {
3903 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3904
3905 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3906 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3907 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3908 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3909 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3910 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3911 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3912 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3913 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3914 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3915 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3916 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3917 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3918 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3919 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3920 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3921 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3922 they should always be removed. */
3923 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3924 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3925 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3926 val = 0;
3927 else
3928 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3929 }
3930 else
3931 {
3932 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3933 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3934 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3935 {
3936 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3937 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3938 */
3939 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3940 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3941 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3942 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3943 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3944 else
3945 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3946 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3947 }
3948 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3949 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3950 if (bl->inserted)
3951 {
3952 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3953 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3954 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3955 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3956
3957 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3958 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3959 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3960 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3961 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3962 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3963 else
3964 val = 0;
3965 }
3966 else
3967 {
3968 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3969 val = 0;
3970 }
3971 }
3972
3973 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3974 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3975 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3976 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3977 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3978 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3979 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3980 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3981 always-inserted mode. */
3982 if (val
3983 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3984 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3985 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3986 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3987 bl->address))))
3988 val = 0;
3989
3990 if (val)
3991 return val;
3992 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3993 }
3994 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3995 {
3996 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3997 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3998
3999 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4000 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4001
4002 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4003 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
4004 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4005 bl->owner->number);
4006 }
4007 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4008 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4009 && !bl->duplicate)
4010 {
4011 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4012 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4013
4014 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4015 if (val)
4016 return val;
4017
4018 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4019 }
4020
4021 return 0;
4022 }
4023
4024 static int
4025 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
4026 {
4027 int ret;
4028 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4029
4030 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4031 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4032
4033 if (bl->permanent)
4034 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4035 return 0;
4036
4037 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4038 This should not ever happen. */
4039 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4040
4041 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4042
4043 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4044
4045 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
4046
4047 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4048 return ret;
4049 }
4050
4051 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4052
4053 void
4054 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4055 {
4056 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4057
4058 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4059 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space
4060 && !bl->permanent)
4061 bl->inserted = 0;
4062 }
4063
4064 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4065 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4066
4067 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4068 between runs.
4069
4070 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4071 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4072 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4073
4074
4075
4076 void
4077 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4078 {
4079 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4080 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4081 int ix;
4082 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4083
4084 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4085 nothing to do. */
4086 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4087 return;
4088
4089 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4090
4091 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4092 {
4093 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4094 continue;
4095
4096 switch (b->type)
4097 {
4098 case bp_call_dummy:
4099 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4100
4101 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4102 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4103 rid of it. */
4104
4105 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4106
4107 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4108
4109 case bp_shlib_event:
4110
4111 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4112 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4113 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4114 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4115 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4116
4117 (gdb) file prog-linux
4118 (gdb) run # native linux target
4119 ...
4120 (gdb) kill
4121 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4122 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4123 */
4124
4125 case bp_step_resume:
4126
4127 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4128
4129 case bp_single_step:
4130
4131 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4132
4133 delete_breakpoint (b);
4134 break;
4135
4136 case bp_watchpoint:
4137 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4138 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4139 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4140 {
4141 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4142
4143 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4144 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4145 delete_breakpoint (b);
4146 else if (context == inf_starting)
4147 {
4148 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4149 insert_breakpoints. */
4150 if (w->val)
4151 value_free (w->val);
4152 w->val = NULL;
4153 w->val_valid = 0;
4154 }
4155 }
4156 break;
4157 default:
4158 break;
4159 }
4160 }
4161
4162 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4163 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4164 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4165 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4166 }
4167
4168 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4169 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4170 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4171 match, not program space. */
4172
4173 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4174 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4175 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4176 permanent breakpoint.
4177 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4178 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4179 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4180 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4181 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4182
4183 enum breakpoint_here
4184 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4185 {
4186 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4187 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4188
4189 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4190 {
4191 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4192 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4193 continue;
4194
4195 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4196 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4197 || bl->permanent)
4198 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4199 {
4200 if (overlay_debugging
4201 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4202 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4203 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4204 else if (bl->permanent)
4205 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4206 else
4207 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4208 }
4209 }
4210
4211 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4212 }
4213
4214 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4215
4216 int
4217 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4218 {
4219 struct bp_location *loc;
4220 int ix;
4221
4222 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4223 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4224 return 1;
4225
4226 return 0;
4227 }
4228
4229 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4230
4231 int
4232 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4233 {
4234 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4235
4236 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4237 {
4238 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4239 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4240 continue;
4241
4242 if (bl->inserted
4243 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4244 {
4245 if (overlay_debugging
4246 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4247 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4248 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4249 else
4250 return 1;
4251 }
4252 }
4253 return 0;
4254 }
4255
4256 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4257 inserted at PC. */
4258
4259 int
4260 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4261 CORE_ADDR pc)
4262 {
4263 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4264
4265 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4266 {
4267 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4268 continue;
4269
4270 if (bl->inserted
4271 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4272 aspace, pc))
4273 {
4274 if (overlay_debugging
4275 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4276 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4277 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4278 else
4279 return 1;
4280 }
4281 }
4282
4283 return 0;
4284 }
4285
4286 int
4287 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4288 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4289 {
4290 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4291
4292 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4293 {
4294 struct bp_location *loc;
4295
4296 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4297 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4298 continue;
4299
4300 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4301 continue;
4302
4303 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4304 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4305 {
4306 CORE_ADDR l, h;
4307
4308 /* Check for intersection. */
4309 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4310 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4311 if (l < h)
4312 return 1;
4313 }
4314 }
4315 return 0;
4316 }
4317 \f
4318
4319 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4320 in breakpoint.h. */
4321
4322 int
4323 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4324 {
4325 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4326 }
4327
4328 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4329 'next' chain. */
4330
4331 static void
4332 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4333 {
4334 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4335 value_free (bs->old_val);
4336 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4337 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4338 xfree (bs);
4339 }
4340
4341 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4342 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4343
4344 void
4345 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4346 {
4347 bpstat p;
4348 bpstat q;
4349
4350 if (bsp == 0)
4351 return;
4352 p = *bsp;
4353 while (p != NULL)
4354 {
4355 q = p->next;
4356 bpstat_free (p);
4357 p = q;
4358 }
4359 *bsp = NULL;
4360 }
4361
4362 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4363 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4364
4365 bpstat
4366 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4367 {
4368 bpstat p = NULL;
4369 bpstat tmp;
4370 bpstat retval = NULL;
4371
4372 if (bs == NULL)
4373 return bs;
4374
4375 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4376 {
4377 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4378 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4379 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4380 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4381 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4382 {
4383 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4384 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4385 }
4386
4387 if (p == NULL)
4388 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4389 retval = tmp;
4390 else
4391 p->next = tmp;
4392 p = tmp;
4393 }
4394 p->next = NULL;
4395 return retval;
4396 }
4397
4398 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4399
4400 bpstat
4401 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4402 {
4403 if (bsp == NULL)
4404 return NULL;
4405
4406 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4407 {
4408 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4409 return bsp;
4410 }
4411 return NULL;
4412 }
4413
4414 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4415
4416 int
4417 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4418 {
4419 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4420 {
4421 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4422 {
4423 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4424 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4425 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4426 return 1;
4427 }
4428 else
4429 {
4430 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4431 sig))
4432 return 1;
4433 }
4434 }
4435
4436 return 0;
4437 }
4438
4439 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4440 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4441 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4442 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4443
4444 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4445 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4446 we set it.
4447 Return 1 otherwise. */
4448
4449 int
4450 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4451 {
4452 struct breakpoint *b;
4453
4454 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4455 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4456
4457 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4458 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4459 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4460 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4461 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4462 if (b == NULL)
4463 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4464
4465 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4466 return 1;
4467 }
4468
4469 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4470
4471 void
4472 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4473 {
4474 struct thread_info *tp;
4475 bpstat bs;
4476
4477 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4478 return;
4479
4480 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4481 if (tp == NULL)
4482 return;
4483
4484 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4485 {
4486 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4487
4488 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4489 {
4490 value_free (bs->old_val);
4491 bs->old_val = NULL;
4492 }
4493 }
4494 }
4495
4496 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4497
4498 static void
4499 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4500 {
4501 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4502 {
4503 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4504
4505 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4506 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4507 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4508 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4509 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4510 return;
4511 }
4512
4513 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4514 }
4515
4516 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4517 command. */
4518 static void
4519 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4520 {
4521 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4522 }
4523
4524 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4525 or its equivalent. */
4526
4527 static int
4528 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4529 {
4530 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4531 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4532 }
4533
4534 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4535 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4536 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4537 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4538
4539 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4540 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4541 bpstat of the current thread. */
4542
4543 static int
4544 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4545 {
4546 bpstat bs;
4547 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4548 int again = 0;
4549
4550 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4551 in bs->commands. */
4552 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4553 return 0;
4554
4555 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4556 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4557
4558 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4559
4560 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4561 bs = *bsp;
4562
4563 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4564 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4565 {
4566 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4567 struct command_line *cmd;
4568 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4569
4570 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4571
4572 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4573 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4574 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4575 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4576 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4577 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4578 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4579 the tree when we're done. */
4580 ccmd = bs->commands;
4581 bs->commands = NULL;
4582 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4583 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4584 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4585 {
4586 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4587 cmd = cmd->next;
4588 }
4589
4590 while (cmd != NULL)
4591 {
4592 execute_control_command (cmd);
4593
4594 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4595 break;
4596 else
4597 cmd = cmd->next;
4598 }
4599
4600 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4601 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4602
4603 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4604 {
4605 if (target_can_async_p ())
4606 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4607 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4608 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4609 ;
4610 else
4611 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4612 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4613 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4614 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4615 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4616 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4617 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4618 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4619 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4620 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4621 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4622 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4623 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4624 again = 1;
4625 break;
4626 }
4627 }
4628 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4629 return again;
4630 }
4631
4632 void
4633 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4634 {
4635 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4636
4637 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4638 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4639 && target_has_execution
4640 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4641 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4642 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4643 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4644 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4645 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4646 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4647 break;
4648
4649 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4650 }
4651
4652 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4653
4654 static void
4655 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4656 {
4657 if (val == NULL)
4658 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4659 else
4660 {
4661 struct value_print_options opts;
4662 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4663 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4664 }
4665 }
4666
4667 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4668 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4669 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4670 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4671 normal_stop(). */
4672
4673 static enum print_stop_action
4674 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4675 {
4676 switch (bs->print_it)
4677 {
4678 case print_it_noop:
4679 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4680 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4681 break;
4682
4683 case print_it_done:
4684 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4685 relevant messages. */
4686 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4687 break;
4688
4689 case print_it_normal:
4690 {
4691 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4692
4693 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4694 which has since been deleted. */
4695 if (b == NULL)
4696 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4697
4698 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4699 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4700 }
4701 break;
4702
4703 default:
4704 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4705 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4706 break;
4707 }
4708 }
4709
4710 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4711
4712 static void
4713 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4714 {
4715 int any_deleted
4716 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4717 int any_added
4718 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4719
4720 if (!is_catchpoint)
4721 {
4722 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4723 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4724 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4725 else
4726 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4727 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4728 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4729 }
4730
4731 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4732 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4733 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4734
4735 if (any_deleted)
4736 {
4737 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4738 char *name;
4739 int ix;
4740
4741 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4742 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4743 "removed");
4744 for (ix = 0;
4745 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4746 ix, name);
4747 ++ix)
4748 {
4749 if (ix > 0)
4750 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4751 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4752 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4753 }
4754
4755 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4756 }
4757
4758 if (any_added)
4759 {
4760 struct so_list *iter;
4761 int ix;
4762 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4763
4764 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4765 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4766 "added");
4767 for (ix = 0;
4768 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4769 ix, iter);
4770 ++ix)
4771 {
4772 if (ix > 0)
4773 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4774 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4775 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4776 }
4777
4778 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4779 }
4780 }
4781
4782 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4783 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4784 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4785 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4786 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4787 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4788 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4789 routine is one of:
4790
4791 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4792 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4793 code to print the location. An example is
4794 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4795 the location.
4796 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4797 to also print the location part of the message.
4798 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4799 don't require a location appended to the end.
4800 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4801 further info to be printed. */
4802
4803 enum print_stop_action
4804 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4805 {
4806 int val;
4807
4808 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4809 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4810 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4811 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4812 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4813 {
4814 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4815 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4816 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4817 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4818 return val;
4819 }
4820
4821 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4822 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4823 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4824 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4825 {
4826 print_solib_event (0);
4827 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4828 }
4829
4830 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4831 with and nothing was printed. */
4832 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4833 }
4834
4835 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4836 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4837 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4838 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4839 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4840 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4841
4842 static int
4843 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4844 {
4845 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4846 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4847
4848 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4849 return i;
4850 }
4851
4852 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4853
4854 static bpstat
4855 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4856 {
4857 bpstat bs;
4858
4859 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4860 bs->next = NULL;
4861 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4862 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4863 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4864 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4865 incref_bp_location (bl);
4866 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4867 bs->commands = NULL;
4868 bs->old_val = NULL;
4869 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4870 return bs;
4871 }
4872 \f
4873 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4874 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4875
4876 int
4877 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4878 {
4879 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4880 CORE_ADDR addr;
4881 struct breakpoint *b;
4882
4883 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4884 {
4885 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4886 as not triggered. */
4887 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4888 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4889 {
4890 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4891
4892 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4893 }
4894
4895 return 0;
4896 }
4897
4898 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4899 {
4900 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4901 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4902 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4903 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4904 {
4905 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4906
4907 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4908 }
4909
4910 return 1;
4911 }
4912
4913 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4914 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4915 triggered. */
4916
4917 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4918 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4919 {
4920 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4921 struct bp_location *loc;
4922
4923 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4924 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4925 {
4926 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4927 {
4928 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4929 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4930
4931 if (newaddr == start)
4932 {
4933 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4934 break;
4935 }
4936 }
4937 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4938 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4939 addr, loc->address,
4940 loc->length))
4941 {
4942 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4943 break;
4944 }
4945 }
4946 }
4947
4948 return 1;
4949 }
4950
4951 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4952 because of check_errors). */
4953 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4954 #define WP_DELETED 1
4955 /* The value has changed. */
4956 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4957 /* The value has not changed. */
4958 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4959 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4960 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4961
4962 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4963 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4964
4965 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4966 changed.
4967
4968 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4969 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4970
4971 static int
4972 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4973 {
4974 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4975 struct watchpoint *b;
4976 struct frame_info *fr;
4977 int within_current_scope;
4978
4979 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4980 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4981 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4982
4983 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4984 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4985 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4986 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4987 return WP_IGNORE;
4988
4989 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4990 within_current_scope = 1;
4991 else
4992 {
4993 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4994 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4995 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4996
4997 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4998 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4999 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5000 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5001 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5002 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5003 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5004 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5005 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5006 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5007 return WP_IGNORE;
5008
5009 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5010 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5011
5012 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5013 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5014 if (within_current_scope)
5015 {
5016 struct symbol *function;
5017
5018 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5019 if (function == NULL
5020 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5021 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5022 within_current_scope = 0;
5023 }
5024
5025 if (within_current_scope)
5026 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5027 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5028 the user. */
5029 select_frame (fr);
5030 }
5031
5032 if (within_current_scope)
5033 {
5034 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5035 time before we return to the command level and call
5036 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5037 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5038
5039 int pc = 0;
5040 struct value *mark;
5041 struct value *new_val;
5042
5043 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5044 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5045 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5046 a mask watchpoint. */
5047 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5048
5049 mark = value_mark ();
5050 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5051
5052 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5053 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5054
5055 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5056 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5057 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5058 not what we want. */
5059 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5060 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5061 {
5062 if (new_val != NULL)
5063 {
5064 release_value (new_val);
5065 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5066 }
5067 bs->old_val = b->val;
5068 b->val = new_val;
5069 b->val_valid = 1;
5070 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5071 }
5072 else
5073 {
5074 /* Nothing changed. */
5075 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5076 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5077 }
5078 }
5079 else
5080 {
5081 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5082
5083 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5084 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5085 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5086 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5087 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5088 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5089 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5090 the first value assigned). */
5091 /* We print all the stop information in
5092 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5093 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5094 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5095 here. */
5096 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5097 ui_out_field_string
5098 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5099 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5100 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5101 ui_out_text (uiout,
5102 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5103 which its expression is valid.\n");
5104
5105 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5106 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5107 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5108
5109 return WP_DELETED;
5110 }
5111 }
5112
5113 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5114 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5115 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5116
5117 static int
5118 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5119 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5120 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5121 {
5122 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5123
5124 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5125 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5126
5127 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5128 }
5129
5130 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5131 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5132
5133 static void
5134 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5135 {
5136 const struct bp_location *bl;
5137 struct watchpoint *b;
5138
5139 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5140 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5141 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5142 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5143 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5144
5145 {
5146 int must_check_value = 0;
5147
5148 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5149 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5150 watched value. */
5151 must_check_value = 1;
5152 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5153 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5154 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5155 this watchpoint. */
5156 must_check_value = 1;
5157 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5158 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5159 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5160 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5161 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5162 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5163 must_check_value = 1;
5164
5165 if (must_check_value)
5166 {
5167 char *message
5168 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5169 b->base.number);
5170 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5171 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5172 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5173 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5174 switch (e)
5175 {
5176 case WP_DELETED:
5177 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5178 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5179 /* Stop. */
5180 break;
5181 case WP_IGNORE:
5182 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5183 bs->stop = 0;
5184 break;
5185 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5186 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5187 {
5188 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5189
5190 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5191 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5192 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5193 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5194 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5195 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5196 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5197 old value.
5198
5199 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5200 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5201 happen:
5202
5203 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5204 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5205 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5206 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5207
5208 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5209 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5210 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5211 watchpoint.
5212
5213 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5214 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5215 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5216 changes. This still gives false positives when
5217 the program writes the same value to memory as
5218 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5219 it for a read), but it's much better than
5220 nothing. */
5221
5222 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5223
5224 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5225 {
5226 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5227
5228 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5229 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5230 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5231 {
5232 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5233 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5234
5235 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5236 == watch_triggered_yes)
5237 {
5238 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5239 break;
5240 }
5241 }
5242 }
5243
5244 if (other_write_watchpoint
5245 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5246 {
5247 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5248 and the value changed since the last time we
5249 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5250 Ignore it. */
5251 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5252 bs->stop = 0;
5253 }
5254 }
5255 break;
5256 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5257 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5258 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5259 {
5260 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5261 the value hasn't changed. */
5262 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5263 bs->stop = 0;
5264 }
5265 /* Stop. */
5266 break;
5267 default:
5268 /* Can't happen. */
5269 case 0:
5270 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5271 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5272 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5273 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5274 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5275 break;
5276 }
5277 }
5278 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5279 {
5280 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5281 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5282 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5283 anything for this watchpoint. */
5284 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5285 bs->stop = 0;
5286 }
5287 }
5288 }
5289
5290 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5291 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5292 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5293 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5294
5295 static void
5296 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5297 {
5298 const struct bp_location *bl;
5299 struct breakpoint *b;
5300 int value_is_zero = 0;
5301 struct expression *cond;
5302
5303 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5304
5305 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5306 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5307 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5308 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5309 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5310
5311 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5312 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5313 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5314
5315 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5316 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5317 {
5318 bs->stop = 0;
5319 return;
5320 }
5321
5322 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5323 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5324 thread/task. */
5325 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5326 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5327
5328 {
5329 bs->stop = 0;
5330 return;
5331 }
5332
5333 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5334 implemented. */
5335 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5336
5337 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5338 {
5339 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5340
5341 cond = w->cond_exp;
5342 }
5343 else
5344 cond = bl->cond;
5345
5346 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5347 {
5348 int within_current_scope = 1;
5349 struct watchpoint * w;
5350
5351 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5352 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5353 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5354 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5355 function call. */
5356 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5357
5358 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5359 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5360 else
5361 w = NULL;
5362
5363 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5364 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5365 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5366 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5367 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5368 call site. */
5369 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5370 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5371 else
5372 {
5373 struct frame_info *frame;
5374
5375 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5376 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5377 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5378 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5379 really matter which instantiation of the function
5380 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5381 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5382 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5383 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5384 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5385 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5386 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5387 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5388 intuitive. */
5389 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5390 if (frame != NULL)
5391 select_frame (frame);
5392 else
5393 within_current_scope = 0;
5394 }
5395 if (within_current_scope)
5396 value_is_zero
5397 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5398 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5399 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5400 else
5401 {
5402 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5403 "in the current scope"));
5404 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5405 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5406 value_is_zero = 0;
5407 }
5408 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5409 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5410 }
5411
5412 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5413 {
5414 bs->stop = 0;
5415 }
5416 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5417 {
5418 b->ignore_count--;
5419 bs->stop = 0;
5420 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5421 ++(b->hit_count);
5422 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5423 }
5424 }
5425
5426
5427 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5428 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5429
5430 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5431 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5432 that:
5433
5434 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5435
5436 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5437
5438 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5439 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5440 several reasons concurrently.)
5441
5442 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5443 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5444
5445 bpstat
5446 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5447 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5448 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5449 {
5450 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5451 struct bp_location *bl;
5452 struct bp_location *loc;
5453 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5454 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5455 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5456 bpstat bs;
5457 int ix;
5458 int need_remove_insert;
5459 int removed_any;
5460
5461 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5462 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5463 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5464 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5465 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5466 inferior function calls. */
5467
5468 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5469 {
5470 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5471 continue;
5472
5473 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5474 {
5475 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5476 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5477 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5478 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5479 checked all locations already. */
5480 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5481 break;
5482
5483 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5484 continue;
5485
5486 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5487 continue;
5488
5489 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5490 matches. */
5491
5492 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5493 explain stop. */
5494
5495 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5496 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5497 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5498 bs->stop = 1;
5499 bs->print = 1;
5500
5501 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5502 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5503 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5504 iteration. */
5505 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5506 {
5507 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5508
5509 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5510 }
5511 }
5512 }
5513
5514 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5515 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5516 {
5517 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5518 {
5519 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5520 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5521 bs->stop = 0;
5522 bs->print = 0;
5523 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5524 }
5525 }
5526
5527 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5528 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5529 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5530 "catch unload". */
5531 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5532 {
5533 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5534 {
5535 handle_solib_event ();
5536 break;
5537 }
5538 }
5539
5540 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5541 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5542 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5543
5544 removed_any = 0;
5545
5546 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5547 {
5548 if (!bs->stop)
5549 continue;
5550
5551 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5552 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5553 if (bs->stop)
5554 {
5555 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5556
5557 if (bs->stop)
5558 {
5559 ++(b->hit_count);
5560 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5561
5562 /* We will stop here. */
5563 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5564 {
5565 --(b->enable_count);
5566 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5567 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5568 removed_any = 1;
5569 }
5570 if (b->silent)
5571 bs->print = 0;
5572 bs->commands = b->commands;
5573 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5574 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5575 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5576 bs->print = 0;
5577
5578 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5579 }
5580
5581 }
5582
5583 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5584 print. */
5585 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5586 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5587 }
5588
5589 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5590 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5591 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5592 done later. */
5593 need_remove_insert = 0;
5594 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5595 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5596 if (!bs->stop
5597 && bs->breakpoint_at
5598 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5599 {
5600 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5601
5602 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5603 need_remove_insert = 1;
5604 }
5605
5606 if (need_remove_insert)
5607 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5608 else if (removed_any)
5609 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5610
5611 return bs_head;
5612 }
5613
5614 static void
5615 handle_jit_event (void)
5616 {
5617 struct frame_info *frame;
5618 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5619
5620 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5621 breakpoint_re_set. */
5622 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5623
5624 frame = get_current_frame ();
5625 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5626
5627 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5628
5629 target_terminal_inferior ();
5630 }
5631
5632 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5633
5634 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5635
5636 struct bpstat_what
5637 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5638 {
5639 struct bpstat_what retval;
5640 int jit_event = 0;
5641 bpstat bs;
5642
5643 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5644 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5645 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5646
5647 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5648 {
5649 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5650 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5651 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5652 enum bptype bptype;
5653
5654 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5655 {
5656 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5657 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5658 bptype = bp_none;
5659 }
5660 else
5661 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5662
5663 switch (bptype)
5664 {
5665 case bp_none:
5666 break;
5667 case bp_breakpoint:
5668 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5669 case bp_single_step:
5670 case bp_until:
5671 case bp_finish:
5672 case bp_shlib_event:
5673 if (bs->stop)
5674 {
5675 if (bs->print)
5676 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5677 else
5678 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5679 }
5680 else
5681 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5682 break;
5683 case bp_watchpoint:
5684 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5685 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5686 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5687 if (bs->stop)
5688 {
5689 if (bs->print)
5690 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5691 else
5692 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5693 }
5694 else
5695 {
5696 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5697 This requires no further action. */
5698 }
5699 break;
5700 case bp_longjmp:
5701 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5702 case bp_exception:
5703 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5704 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5705 break;
5706 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5707 case bp_exception_resume:
5708 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5709 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5710 break;
5711 case bp_step_resume:
5712 if (bs->stop)
5713 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5714 else
5715 {
5716 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5717 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5718 }
5719 break;
5720 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5721 if (bs->stop)
5722 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5723 else
5724 {
5725 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5726 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5727 }
5728 break;
5729 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5730 case bp_thread_event:
5731 case bp_overlay_event:
5732 case bp_longjmp_master:
5733 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5734 case bp_exception_master:
5735 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5736 break;
5737 case bp_catchpoint:
5738 if (bs->stop)
5739 {
5740 if (bs->print)
5741 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5742 else
5743 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5744 }
5745 else
5746 {
5747 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5748 This requires no further action. */
5749 }
5750 break;
5751 case bp_jit_event:
5752 jit_event = 1;
5753 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5754 break;
5755 case bp_call_dummy:
5756 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5757 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5758 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5759 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5760 break;
5761 case bp_std_terminate:
5762 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5763 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5764 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5765 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5766 break;
5767 case bp_tracepoint:
5768 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5769 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5770 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5771 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5772 out already. */
5773 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5774 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5775 break;
5776 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5777 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5778 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5779 break;
5780 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5781 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5782 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5783 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5784 break;
5785
5786 case bp_dprintf:
5787 if (bs->stop)
5788 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5789 else
5790 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5791 break;
5792
5793 default:
5794 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5795 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5796 }
5797
5798 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5799 }
5800
5801 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5802 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5803
5804 if (jit_event)
5805 {
5806 if (debug_infrun)
5807 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5808
5809 handle_jit_event ();
5810 }
5811
5812 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5813 {
5814 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5815
5816 if (b == NULL)
5817 continue;
5818 switch (b->type)
5819 {
5820 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5821 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5822 break;
5823 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5824 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5825 break;
5826 }
5827 }
5828
5829 return retval;
5830 }
5831
5832 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5833 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5834 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5835
5836 int
5837 bpstat_should_step (void)
5838 {
5839 struct breakpoint *b;
5840
5841 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5842 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5843 return 1;
5844 return 0;
5845 }
5846
5847 int
5848 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5849 {
5850 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5851 if (bs->stop)
5852 return 1;
5853
5854 return 0;
5855 }
5856
5857 \f
5858
5859 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5860 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5861 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5862
5863 static char *
5864 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5865 {
5866 static char wrap_indent[80];
5867 int i, total_width, width, align;
5868 char *text;
5869
5870 total_width = 0;
5871 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5872 {
5873 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5874 {
5875 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5876 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5877 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5878
5879 return wrap_indent;
5880 }
5881
5882 total_width += width + 1;
5883 }
5884
5885 return NULL;
5886 }
5887
5888 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5889 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5890
5891 "host": Host evals condition.
5892 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5893 "target": Target evals condition.
5894 */
5895
5896 static const char *
5897 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5898 {
5899 struct bp_location *bl;
5900 char host_evals = 0;
5901 char target_evals = 0;
5902
5903 if (!b)
5904 return NULL;
5905
5906 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5907 return NULL;
5908
5909 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5910 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5911 return condition_evaluation_host;
5912
5913 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5914 {
5915 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5916 target_evals++;
5917 else
5918 host_evals++;
5919 }
5920
5921 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5922 return condition_evaluation_both;
5923 else if (target_evals)
5924 return condition_evaluation_target;
5925 else
5926 return condition_evaluation_host;
5927 }
5928
5929 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5930 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5931
5932 static const char *
5933 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5934 {
5935 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5936 return NULL;
5937
5938 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5939 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5940 return condition_evaluation_host;
5941
5942 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5943 return condition_evaluation_target;
5944 else
5945 return condition_evaluation_host;
5946 }
5947
5948 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5949
5950 static void
5951 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5952 struct bp_location *loc)
5953 {
5954 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5955 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5956
5957 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5958 loc = NULL;
5959
5960 if (loc != NULL)
5961 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5962
5963 if (b->display_canonical)
5964 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5965 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5966 {
5967 struct symbol *sym
5968 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5969 if (sym)
5970 {
5971 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5972 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5973 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5974 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5975 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5976 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5977 }
5978 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5979 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5980 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5981
5982 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5983 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5984 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5985
5986 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5987 }
5988 else if (loc)
5989 {
5990 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5991 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5992
5993 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5994 demangle, "");
5995 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5996
5997 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5998 }
5999 else
6000 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
6001
6002 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6003 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6004 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6005 {
6006 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6007 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6008 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6009 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
6010 }
6011
6012 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6013 }
6014
6015 static const char *
6016 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6017 {
6018 struct ep_type_description
6019 {
6020 enum bptype type;
6021 char *description;
6022 };
6023 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6024 {
6025 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6026 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6027 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6028 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
6029 {bp_until, "until"},
6030 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6031 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6032 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6033 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6034 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6035 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6036 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6037 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6038 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6039 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6040 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6041 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6042 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6043 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6044 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6045 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6046 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6047 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6048 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6049 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6050 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6051 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6052 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6053 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6054 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6055 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6056 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6057 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6058 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6059 };
6060
6061 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6062 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6063 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6064 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6065 (int) type);
6066
6067 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6068 }
6069
6070 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6071 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6072
6073 static void
6074 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6075 const char *field_name,
6076 VEC(int) *inf_num,
6077 int mi_only)
6078 {
6079 struct cleanup *back_to;
6080 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6081 int inf;
6082 int i;
6083
6084 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6085 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6086 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6087 return;
6088
6089 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6090
6091 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6092 {
6093 if (is_mi)
6094 {
6095 char mi_group[10];
6096
6097 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6098 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6099 }
6100 else
6101 {
6102 if (i == 0)
6103 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6104 else
6105 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6106
6107 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6108 }
6109 }
6110
6111 do_cleanups (back_to);
6112 }
6113
6114 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6115
6116 static void
6117 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6118 struct bp_location *loc,
6119 int loc_number,
6120 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6121 int allflag)
6122 {
6123 struct command_line *l;
6124 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6125
6126 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6127 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6128 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6129 struct value_print_options opts;
6130
6131 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6132
6133 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6134 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6135 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6136 if (loc == NULL
6137 && (b->loc != NULL
6138 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6139 header_of_multiple = 1;
6140 if (loc == NULL)
6141 loc = b->loc;
6142
6143 annotate_record ();
6144
6145 /* 1 */
6146 annotate_field (0);
6147 if (part_of_multiple)
6148 {
6149 char *formatted;
6150 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6151 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6152 xfree (formatted);
6153 }
6154 else
6155 {
6156 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6157 }
6158
6159 /* 2 */
6160 annotate_field (1);
6161 if (part_of_multiple)
6162 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6163 else
6164 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6165
6166 /* 3 */
6167 annotate_field (2);
6168 if (part_of_multiple)
6169 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6170 else
6171 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6172
6173
6174 /* 4 */
6175 annotate_field (3);
6176 if (part_of_multiple)
6177 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6178 else
6179 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6180 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6181 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6182
6183
6184 /* 5 and 6 */
6185 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6186 {
6187 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6188 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6189 make sure there's just one location. */
6190 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6191 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6192 }
6193 else
6194 switch (b->type)
6195 {
6196 case bp_none:
6197 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6198 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6199 break;
6200
6201 case bp_watchpoint:
6202 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6203 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6204 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6205 {
6206 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6207
6208 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6209 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6210 is relatively readable). */
6211 if (opts.addressprint)
6212 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6213 annotate_field (5);
6214 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6215 }
6216 break;
6217
6218 case bp_breakpoint:
6219 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6220 case bp_single_step:
6221 case bp_until:
6222 case bp_finish:
6223 case bp_longjmp:
6224 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6225 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6226 case bp_exception:
6227 case bp_exception_resume:
6228 case bp_step_resume:
6229 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6230 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6231 case bp_call_dummy:
6232 case bp_std_terminate:
6233 case bp_shlib_event:
6234 case bp_thread_event:
6235 case bp_overlay_event:
6236 case bp_longjmp_master:
6237 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6238 case bp_exception_master:
6239 case bp_tracepoint:
6240 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6241 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6242 case bp_dprintf:
6243 case bp_jit_event:
6244 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6245 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6246 if (opts.addressprint)
6247 {
6248 annotate_field (4);
6249 if (header_of_multiple)
6250 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6251 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6252 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6253 else
6254 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6255 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6256 }
6257 annotate_field (5);
6258 if (!header_of_multiple)
6259 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6260 if (b->loc)
6261 *last_loc = b->loc;
6262 break;
6263 }
6264
6265
6266 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6267 {
6268 struct inferior *inf;
6269 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6270 int mi_only = 1;
6271
6272 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6273 {
6274 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6275 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6276 }
6277
6278 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6279 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6280 if (allflag
6281 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6282 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6283 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6284 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6285 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6286 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6287 mi_only = 0;
6288 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6289 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6290 }
6291
6292 if (!part_of_multiple)
6293 {
6294 if (b->thread != -1)
6295 {
6296 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6297 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6298 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6299 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6300 }
6301 else if (b->task != 0)
6302 {
6303 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6304 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6305 }
6306 }
6307
6308 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6309
6310 if (!part_of_multiple)
6311 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6312
6313 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6314 {
6315 annotate_field (6);
6316 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6317 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6318 the frame ID. */
6319 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6320 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6321 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6322 }
6323
6324 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6325 {
6326 annotate_field (7);
6327 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6328 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6329 else
6330 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6331 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6332
6333 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6334 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6335 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6336 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6337 == condition_evaluation_target)
6338 {
6339 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6340 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6341 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6342 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6343 }
6344 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6345 }
6346
6347 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6348 {
6349 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6350 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6351 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6352 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6353 }
6354
6355 if (!part_of_multiple)
6356 {
6357 if (b->hit_count)
6358 {
6359 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6360 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6361 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6362 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6363 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6364 else
6365 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6366 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6367 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6368 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6369 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6370 else
6371 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6372 }
6373 else
6374 {
6375 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6376 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6377 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6378 }
6379 }
6380
6381 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6382 {
6383 annotate_field (8);
6384 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6385 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6386 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6387 }
6388
6389 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6390 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6391 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6392 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6393 {
6394 annotate_field (8);
6395 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6396 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6397 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6398 if (b->ignore_count)
6399 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6400 else
6401 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6402 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6403 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6404 }
6405
6406 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6407 {
6408 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6409
6410 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6411 {
6412 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6413 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6414 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6415 }
6416 }
6417
6418 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6419 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6420 {
6421 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6422
6423 annotate_field (9);
6424 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6425 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6426 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6427 }
6428
6429 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6430 {
6431 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6432
6433 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6434 {
6435 annotate_field (10);
6436 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6437 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6438 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6439 }
6440
6441 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6442 pending. */
6443 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6444 {
6445 annotate_field (11);
6446
6447 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6448 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6449 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6450 else
6451 {
6452 if (loc->inserted)
6453 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6454 else
6455 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6456 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6457 }
6458 }
6459 }
6460
6461 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6462 {
6463 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6464 {
6465 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6466
6467 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6468 }
6469 else if (b->addr_string)
6470 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6471 }
6472 }
6473
6474 static void
6475 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6476 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6477 int allflag)
6478 {
6479 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6480 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6481
6482 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6483
6484 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6485 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6486
6487 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6488 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6489 locations, if any. */
6490 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6491 {
6492 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6493 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6494 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6495 situation.
6496
6497 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6498 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6499 if (b->loc
6500 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6501 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6502 {
6503 struct bp_location *loc;
6504 int n = 1;
6505
6506 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6507 {
6508 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6509 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6510 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6511 do_cleanups (inner2);
6512 }
6513 }
6514 }
6515 }
6516
6517 static int
6518 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6519 {
6520 int print_address_bits = 0;
6521 struct bp_location *loc;
6522
6523 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6524 {
6525 int addr_bit;
6526
6527 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6528 an address to print. */
6529 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6530 continue;
6531
6532 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6533 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6534 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6535 }
6536
6537 return print_address_bits;
6538 }
6539
6540 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6541 {
6542 int bnum;
6543 };
6544
6545 static int
6546 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6547 {
6548 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6549 struct breakpoint *b;
6550 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6551
6552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6553 {
6554 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6555 {
6556 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6557 return GDB_RC_OK;
6558 }
6559 }
6560 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6561 }
6562
6563 enum gdb_rc
6564 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6565 char **error_message)
6566 {
6567 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6568
6569 args.bnum = bnum;
6570 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6571 an error. */
6572 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6573 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6574 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6575 else
6576 return GDB_RC_OK;
6577 }
6578
6579 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6580 internal or momentary. */
6581
6582 int
6583 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6584 {
6585 return b->number > 0;
6586 }
6587
6588 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6589 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6590 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6591 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6592 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6593 breakpoints listed. */
6594
6595 static int
6596 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6597 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6598 {
6599 struct breakpoint *b;
6600 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6601 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6602 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6603 struct value_print_options opts;
6604 int print_address_bits = 0;
6605 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6606 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6607
6608 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6609
6610 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6611 required for address fields. */
6612 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6613 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6614 {
6615 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6616 if (filter && !filter (b))
6617 continue;
6618
6619 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6620 accept. Skip the others. */
6621 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6622 {
6623 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6624 continue;
6625 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6626 continue;
6627 }
6628
6629 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6630 {
6631 int addr_bit, type_len;
6632
6633 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6634 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6635 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6636
6637 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6638 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6639 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6640
6641 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6642 }
6643 }
6644
6645 if (opts.addressprint)
6646 bkpttbl_chain
6647 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6648 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6649 "BreakpointTable");
6650 else
6651 bkpttbl_chain
6652 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6653 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6654 "BreakpointTable");
6655
6656 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6657 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6658 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6659 annotate_field (0);
6660 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6661 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6662 annotate_field (1);
6663 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6664 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6665 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6666 annotate_field (2);
6667 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6668 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6669 annotate_field (3);
6670 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6671 if (opts.addressprint)
6672 {
6673 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6674 annotate_field (4);
6675 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6676 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6677 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6678 else
6679 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6680 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6681 }
6682 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6683 annotate_field (5);
6684 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6685 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6686 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6687 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6688
6689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6690 {
6691 QUIT;
6692 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6693 if (filter && !filter (b))
6694 continue;
6695
6696 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6697 accept. Skip the others. */
6698
6699 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6700 {
6701 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6702 {
6703 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6704 continue;
6705 }
6706 else /* all others */
6707 {
6708 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6709 continue;
6710 }
6711 }
6712 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6713 allflag is set. */
6714 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6715 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6716 }
6717
6718 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6719
6720 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6721 {
6722 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6723 empty list. */
6724 if (!filter)
6725 {
6726 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6727 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6728 else
6729 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6730 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6731 args);
6732 }
6733 }
6734 else
6735 {
6736 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6737 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6738 }
6739
6740 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6741 there have been breakpoints? */
6742 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6743
6744 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6745 }
6746
6747 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6748 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6749
6750 static void
6751 default_collect_info (void)
6752 {
6753 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6754
6755 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6756 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6757 not wanted. */
6758 if (!*default_collect)
6759 return;
6760
6761 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6762 actions. */
6763 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6764 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6765 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6766 }
6767
6768 static void
6769 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6770 {
6771 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6772
6773 default_collect_info ();
6774 }
6775
6776 static void
6777 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6778 {
6779 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6780 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6781
6782 if (num_printed == 0)
6783 {
6784 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6785 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6786 else
6787 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6788 }
6789 }
6790
6791 static void
6792 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6793 {
6794 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6795
6796 default_collect_info ();
6797 }
6798
6799 static int
6800 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6801 struct program_space *pspace,
6802 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6803 {
6804 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6805
6806 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6807 {
6808 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6809 && bl->address == pc
6810 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6811 return 1;
6812 }
6813 return 0;
6814 }
6815
6816 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6817 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6818 address spaces. */
6819
6820 static void
6821 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6822 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6823 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6824 {
6825 int others = 0;
6826 struct breakpoint *b;
6827
6828 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6829 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6830 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6831 if (others > 0)
6832 {
6833 if (others == 1)
6834 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6835 else /* if (others == ???) */
6836 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6837 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6838 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6839 {
6840 others--;
6841 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6842 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6843 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6844 else if (b->thread != -1)
6845 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6846 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6847 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6848 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6849 ? " (disabled)"
6850 : ""),
6851 (others > 1) ? ","
6852 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6853 }
6854 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6855 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6856 printf_filtered (".\n");
6857 }
6858 }
6859 \f
6860
6861 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6862 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6863 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6864 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6865
6866 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6867 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6868 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6869 breakpoint at address zero:
6870
6871 bp_watchpoint
6872 bp_catchpoint
6873
6874 */
6875
6876 static int
6877 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6878 {
6879 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6880
6881 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6882 }
6883
6884 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6885 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6886
6887 static int
6888 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6889 struct bp_location *loc2)
6890 {
6891 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6892 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6893
6894 /* Both of them must exist. */
6895 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6896 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6897
6898 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6899 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6900 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6901 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6902 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6903 other watchpoint. */
6904 if ((w1->cond_exp
6905 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6906 loc1->length,
6907 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6908 w1->cond_exp))
6909 || (w2->cond_exp
6910 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6911 loc2->length,
6912 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6913 w2->cond_exp)))
6914 return 0;
6915
6916 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6917 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6918 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6919 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6920 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6921 become hw_access locations later. */
6922 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6923 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6924 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6925 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6926 }
6927
6928 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6929
6930 int
6931 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6932 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6933 {
6934 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6935 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6936 && addr1 == addr2);
6937 }
6938
6939 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6940 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6941 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6942 space doesn't really matter. */
6943
6944 static int
6945 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6946 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6947 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6948 {
6949 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6950 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6951 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6952 }
6953
6954 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6955 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6956 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6957 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6958
6959 static int
6960 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6961 struct address_space *aspace,
6962 CORE_ADDR addr)
6963 {
6964 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6965 aspace, addr)
6966 || (bl->length
6967 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6968 bl->address, bl->length,
6969 aspace, addr)));
6970 }
6971
6972 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6973 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6974 true, otherwise returns false. */
6975
6976 static int
6977 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6978 struct bp_location *loc2)
6979 {
6980 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6981 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6982 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6983 different locations. */
6984 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6985 else
6986 return 0;
6987 }
6988
6989 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6990 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6991 represent the same location. */
6992
6993 static int
6994 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6995 struct bp_location *loc2)
6996 {
6997 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6998
6999 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7000 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7001 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7002
7003 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7004 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7005
7006 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7007 return 0;
7008 else if (hw_point1)
7009 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7010 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7011 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7012 else
7013 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7014 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7015 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7016 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7017 }
7018
7019 static void
7020 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7021 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7022 {
7023 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7024 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7025 char astr1[64];
7026 char astr2[64];
7027
7028 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7029 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7030 if (have_bnum)
7031 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7032 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7033 else
7034 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7035 }
7036
7037 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7038 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7039 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7040 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7041
7042 static CORE_ADDR
7043 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7044 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7045 {
7046 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7047 {
7048 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7049 return bpaddr;
7050 }
7051 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7052 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7053 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7054 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7055 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7056 {
7057 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7058 have their addresses modified. */
7059 return bpaddr;
7060 }
7061 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
7062 {
7063 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7064 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7065 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7066 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7067 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7068 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7069 return bpaddr;
7070 }
7071 else
7072 {
7073 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7074
7075 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7076 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7077 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7078
7079 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7080 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7081 is required. */
7082 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7083 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7084
7085 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7086 }
7087 }
7088
7089 void
7090 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7091 struct breakpoint *owner)
7092 {
7093 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7094
7095 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7096
7097 loc->ops = ops;
7098 loc->owner = owner;
7099 loc->cond = NULL;
7100 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7101 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7102 loc->enabled = 1;
7103
7104 switch (owner->type)
7105 {
7106 case bp_breakpoint:
7107 case bp_single_step:
7108 case bp_until:
7109 case bp_finish:
7110 case bp_longjmp:
7111 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7112 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7113 case bp_exception:
7114 case bp_exception_resume:
7115 case bp_step_resume:
7116 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7117 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7118 case bp_call_dummy:
7119 case bp_std_terminate:
7120 case bp_shlib_event:
7121 case bp_thread_event:
7122 case bp_overlay_event:
7123 case bp_jit_event:
7124 case bp_longjmp_master:
7125 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7126 case bp_exception_master:
7127 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7128 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7129 case bp_dprintf:
7130 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7131 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7132 break;
7133 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7134 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7135 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7136 break;
7137 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7138 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7139 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7140 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7141 break;
7142 case bp_watchpoint:
7143 case bp_catchpoint:
7144 case bp_tracepoint:
7145 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7146 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7147 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7148 break;
7149 default:
7150 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7151 }
7152
7153 loc->refc = 1;
7154 }
7155
7156 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7157
7158 static struct bp_location *
7159 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7160 {
7161 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7162 }
7163
7164 static void
7165 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7166 {
7167 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7168 xfree (loc);
7169 }
7170
7171 /* Increment reference count. */
7172
7173 static void
7174 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7175 {
7176 ++bl->refc;
7177 }
7178
7179 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7180 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7181
7182 static void
7183 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7184 {
7185 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7186
7187 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7188 free_bp_location (*blp);
7189 *blp = NULL;
7190 }
7191
7192 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7193
7194 static void
7195 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7196 {
7197 struct breakpoint *b1;
7198
7199 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7200 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7201
7202 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7203 if (b1 == 0)
7204 breakpoint_chain = b;
7205 else
7206 {
7207 while (b1->next)
7208 b1 = b1->next;
7209 b1->next = b;
7210 }
7211 }
7212
7213 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7214
7215 static void
7216 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7217 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7218 enum bptype bptype,
7219 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7220 {
7221 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7222
7223 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7224
7225 b->ops = ops;
7226 b->type = bptype;
7227 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7228 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7229 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7230 b->thread = -1;
7231 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7232 b->next = 0;
7233 b->silent = 0;
7234 b->ignore_count = 0;
7235 b->commands = NULL;
7236 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7237 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7238 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7239 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7240 }
7241
7242 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7243 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7244
7245 static struct breakpoint *
7246 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7247 enum bptype bptype,
7248 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7249 {
7250 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7251
7252 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7253 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7254 return b;
7255 }
7256
7257 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7258 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7259 enough. */
7260
7261 static void
7262 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7263 {
7264 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7265
7266 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7267 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7268 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7269 {
7270 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7271 const char *function_name;
7272 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7273
7274 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7275 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7276
7277 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7278 {
7279 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7280
7281 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7282 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7283 &loc->requested_address))
7284 {
7285 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7286 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7287 loc->requested_address,
7288 b->type);
7289 }
7290 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7291 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7292 {
7293 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7294 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7295 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7296 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7297 breakpoint. */
7298 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7299 }
7300 }
7301
7302 if (function_name)
7303 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7304 }
7305 }
7306
7307 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7308 struct gdbarch *
7309 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7310 {
7311 if (sal.section)
7312 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7313 if (sal.symtab)
7314 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7315
7316 return NULL;
7317 }
7318
7319 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7320 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7321 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7322
7323 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7324 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7325 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7326
7327 static void
7328 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7329 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7330 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7331 {
7332 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7333
7334 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7335
7336 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7337 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7338
7339 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7340 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7341 program space. */
7342 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7343 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7344 }
7345
7346 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7347 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7348 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7349 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7350 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7351 is also returned as the value of this function.
7352
7353 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7354 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7355 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7356 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7357 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7358 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7359 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7360
7361 struct breakpoint *
7362 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7363 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7364 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7365 {
7366 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7367
7368 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7369 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7370 return b;
7371 }
7372
7373
7374 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7375 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7376 void
7377 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7378 {
7379 struct bp_location *bl;
7380
7381 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7382 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7383 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7384 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7385 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7386 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7387 {
7388 bl->permanent = 1;
7389 bl->inserted = 1;
7390 }
7391 }
7392
7393 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7394 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7395 initiated the operation. */
7396
7397 void
7398 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7399 {
7400 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7401 int thread = tp->num;
7402
7403 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7404 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7405 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7406 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7407 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7408 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7409 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7410 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7411 {
7412 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7413 struct breakpoint *clone;
7414
7415 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7416 after their removal. */
7417 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7418 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7419 clone->thread = thread;
7420 }
7421
7422 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7423 }
7424
7425 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7426 void
7427 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7428 {
7429 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7430
7431 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7432 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7433 {
7434 if (b->thread == thread)
7435 delete_breakpoint (b);
7436 }
7437 }
7438
7439 void
7440 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7441 {
7442 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7443
7444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7445 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7446 {
7447 if (b->thread == thread)
7448 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7449 }
7450 }
7451
7452 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7453 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7454 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7455 breakpoints. */
7456
7457 struct breakpoint *
7458 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7459 {
7460 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7461
7462 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7463 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7464 {
7465 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7466
7467 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7468 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7469 1);
7470 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7471
7472 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7473
7474 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7475 if (retval == NULL)
7476 retval = new_b;
7477 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7478 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7479 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7480 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7481 }
7482
7483 return retval;
7484 }
7485
7486 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7487 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7488 stack.
7489
7490 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7491 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7492 frames. */
7493
7494 void
7495 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7496 {
7497 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7498
7499 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7500 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->num)
7501 {
7502 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7503
7504 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7505 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7506 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7507 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7508 continue;
7509
7510 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7511
7512 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7513 {
7514 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7515 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7516 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7517 }
7518 delete_breakpoint (b);
7519 }
7520 }
7521
7522 void
7523 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7524 {
7525 struct breakpoint *b;
7526
7527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7528 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7529 {
7530 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7531 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7532 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7533 }
7534 }
7535
7536 void
7537 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7538 {
7539 struct breakpoint *b;
7540
7541 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7542 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7543 {
7544 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7545 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7546 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7547 }
7548 }
7549
7550 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7551 master breakpoint. */
7552 void
7553 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7554 {
7555 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7556
7557 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7558 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7559 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7560 {
7561 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7562 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7563 }
7564 }
7565
7566 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7567 void
7568 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7569 {
7570 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7571
7572 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7573 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7574 delete_breakpoint (b);
7575 }
7576
7577 struct breakpoint *
7578 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7579 {
7580 struct breakpoint *b;
7581
7582 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7583 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7584
7585 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7586 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7587 b->addr_string
7588 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7589
7590 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7591
7592 return b;
7593 }
7594
7595 void
7596 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7597 {
7598 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7599
7600 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7601 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7602 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7603 delete_breakpoint (b);
7604 }
7605
7606 struct lang_and_radix
7607 {
7608 enum language lang;
7609 int radix;
7610 };
7611
7612 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7613
7614 struct breakpoint *
7615 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7616 {
7617 struct breakpoint *b;
7618
7619 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7620 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7621 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7622 return b;
7623 }
7624
7625 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7626
7627 void
7628 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7629 {
7630 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7631
7632 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7633 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7634 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7635 delete_breakpoint (b);
7636 }
7637
7638 void
7639 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7640 {
7641 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7642
7643 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7644 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7645 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7646 delete_breakpoint (b);
7647 }
7648
7649 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7650
7651 void
7652 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7653 {
7654 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7655
7656 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7657 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7658 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7659 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7660 }
7661
7662 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7663 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7664 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7665
7666 static struct breakpoint *
7667 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7668 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7669 {
7670 struct breakpoint *b;
7671
7672 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7673 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7674 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7675 return b;
7676 }
7677
7678 struct breakpoint *
7679 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7680 {
7681 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7682 }
7683
7684 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7685
7686 struct breakpoint *
7687 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7688 {
7689 struct breakpoint *b;
7690
7691 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7692 locations. */
7693 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7694 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7695 {
7696 delete_breakpoint (b);
7697 return NULL;
7698 }
7699 return b;
7700 }
7701
7702 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7703 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7704
7705 void
7706 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7707 {
7708 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7709
7710 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7711 {
7712 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7713 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7714
7715 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7716 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7717 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7718 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7719 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7720 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7721 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7722 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7723 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7724 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7725 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7726 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7727 )
7728 {
7729 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7730 }
7731 }
7732 }
7733
7734 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7735 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7736 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7737
7738 static void
7739 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7740 {
7741 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7742 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7743
7744 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7745 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7746 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7747 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7748 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7749 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7750 return;
7751
7752 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7753 {
7754 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7755 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7756
7757 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7758 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7759 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7760 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7761 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7762 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7763 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7764 || is_tracepoint (b))
7765 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7766 {
7767 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7768 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7769 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7770 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7771 loc->inserted = 0;
7772
7773 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7774 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7775
7776 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7777 {
7778 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7779 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7780 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7781 solib->so_name);
7782 }
7783 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7784 }
7785 }
7786 }
7787
7788 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7789 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7790 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7791
7792 static void
7793 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7794 {
7795 struct breakpoint *b;
7796
7797 if (objfile == NULL)
7798 return;
7799
7800 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7801 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7802 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7803 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7804 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7805 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7806 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7807 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7808 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7809 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7810 main objfile). */
7811 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7812 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7813 return;
7814
7815 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7816 {
7817 struct bp_location *loc;
7818 int bp_modified = 0;
7819
7820 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7821 continue;
7822
7823 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7824 {
7825 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7826
7827 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7828 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7829 continue;
7830
7831 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7832 continue;
7833
7834 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7835 continue;
7836
7837 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7838 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7839 continue;
7840
7841 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7842 {
7843 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7844 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7845 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7846 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7847 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7848 unmapped. */
7849
7850 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7851
7852 bp_modified = 1;
7853 }
7854 }
7855
7856 if (bp_modified)
7857 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7858 }
7859 }
7860
7861 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7862
7863 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7864 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7865 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7866 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7867 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7868
7869 struct fork_catchpoint
7870 {
7871 /* The base class. */
7872 struct breakpoint base;
7873
7874 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7875 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7876 catchpoint has triggered. */
7877 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7878 };
7879
7880 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7881 catchpoints. */
7882
7883 static int
7884 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7885 {
7886 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7887 }
7888
7889 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7890 catchpoints. */
7891
7892 static int
7893 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7894 {
7895 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7896 }
7897
7898 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7899 catchpoints. */
7900
7901 static int
7902 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7903 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7904 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7905 {
7906 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7907
7908 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7909 return 0;
7910
7911 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7912 return 1;
7913 }
7914
7915 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7916 catchpoints. */
7917
7918 static enum print_stop_action
7919 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7920 {
7921 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7922 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7923 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7924
7925 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7926 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7927 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7928 else
7929 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7930 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7931 {
7932 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7933 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7934 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7935 }
7936 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7937 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7938 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7939 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7940 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7941 }
7942
7943 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7944 catchpoints. */
7945
7946 static void
7947 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7948 {
7949 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7950 struct value_print_options opts;
7951 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7952
7953 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7954
7955 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7956 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7957 readable). */
7958 if (opts.addressprint)
7959 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7960 annotate_field (5);
7961 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7962 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7963 {
7964 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7965 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7966 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7967 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7968 }
7969
7970 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7971 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7972 }
7973
7974 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7975 catchpoints. */
7976
7977 static void
7978 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7979 {
7980 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7981 }
7982
7983 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7984 catchpoints. */
7985
7986 static void
7987 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7988 {
7989 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7990 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7991 }
7992
7993 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7994
7995 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7996
7997 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7998 catchpoints. */
7999
8000 static int
8001 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8002 {
8003 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8004 }
8005
8006 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8007 catchpoints. */
8008
8009 static int
8010 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8011 {
8012 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8013 }
8014
8015 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8016 catchpoints. */
8017
8018 static int
8019 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8020 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8021 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8022 {
8023 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8024
8025 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8026 return 0;
8027
8028 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8029 return 1;
8030 }
8031
8032 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8033 catchpoints. */
8034
8035 static enum print_stop_action
8036 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8037 {
8038 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8039 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8040 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8041
8042 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8043 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8044 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8045 else
8046 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8047 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8048 {
8049 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8050 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8051 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8052 }
8053 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8054 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
8055 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8056 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8057 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8058 }
8059
8060 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8061 catchpoints. */
8062
8063 static void
8064 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8065 {
8066 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8067 struct value_print_options opts;
8068 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8069
8070 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8071 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8072 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8073 readable). */
8074 if (opts.addressprint)
8075 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8076 annotate_field (5);
8077 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8078 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8079 {
8080 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8081 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8082 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8083 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8084 }
8085
8086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8087 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8088 }
8089
8090 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8091 catchpoints. */
8092
8093 static void
8094 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8095 {
8096 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8097 }
8098
8099 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8100 catchpoints. */
8101
8102 static void
8103 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8104 {
8105 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8106 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8107 }
8108
8109 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8110
8111 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8112
8113 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8114 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8115 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8116 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8117 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8118
8119 struct solib_catchpoint
8120 {
8121 /* The base class. */
8122 struct breakpoint base;
8123
8124 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8125 unsigned char is_load;
8126
8127 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8128 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8129 char *regex;
8130 regex_t compiled;
8131 };
8132
8133 static void
8134 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8135 {
8136 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8137
8138 if (self->regex)
8139 regfree (&self->compiled);
8140 xfree (self->regex);
8141
8142 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8143 }
8144
8145 static int
8146 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8147 {
8148 return 0;
8149 }
8150
8151 static int
8152 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8153 {
8154 return 0;
8155 }
8156
8157 static int
8158 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8159 struct address_space *aspace,
8160 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8161 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8162 {
8163 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8164 struct breakpoint *other;
8165
8166 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8167 return 1;
8168
8169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8170 {
8171 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8172
8173 if (other == bl->owner)
8174 continue;
8175
8176 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8177 continue;
8178
8179 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8180 continue;
8181
8182 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8183 {
8184 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8185 return 1;
8186 }
8187 }
8188
8189 return 0;
8190 }
8191
8192 static void
8193 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8194 {
8195 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8196 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8197 int ix;
8198
8199 if (self->is_load)
8200 {
8201 struct so_list *iter;
8202
8203 for (ix = 0;
8204 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8205 ix, iter);
8206 ++ix)
8207 {
8208 if (!self->regex
8209 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8210 return;
8211 }
8212 }
8213 else
8214 {
8215 char *iter;
8216
8217 for (ix = 0;
8218 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8219 ix, iter);
8220 ++ix)
8221 {
8222 if (!self->regex
8223 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8224 return;
8225 }
8226 }
8227
8228 bs->stop = 0;
8229 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8230 }
8231
8232 static enum print_stop_action
8233 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8234 {
8235 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8236 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8237
8238 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8239 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8240 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8241 else
8242 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8243 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8244 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8245 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8246 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8247 print_solib_event (1);
8248 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8249 }
8250
8251 static void
8252 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8253 {
8254 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8255 struct value_print_options opts;
8256 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8257 char *msg;
8258
8259 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8260 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8261 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8262 readable). */
8263 if (opts.addressprint)
8264 {
8265 annotate_field (4);
8266 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8267 }
8268
8269 annotate_field (5);
8270 if (self->is_load)
8271 {
8272 if (self->regex)
8273 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8274 else
8275 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8276 }
8277 else
8278 {
8279 if (self->regex)
8280 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8281 else
8282 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8283 }
8284 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8285 xfree (msg);
8286
8287 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8288 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8289 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8290 }
8291
8292 static void
8293 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8294 {
8295 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8296
8297 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8298 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8299 }
8300
8301 static void
8302 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8303 {
8304 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8305
8306 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8307 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8308 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8309 if (self->regex)
8310 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8311 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8312 }
8313
8314 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8315
8316 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8317 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8318 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8319 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8320 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8321 created in an enabled state. */
8322
8323 void
8324 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8325 {
8326 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8327 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8328 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8329
8330 if (!arg)
8331 arg = "";
8332 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8333
8334 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8335 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8336
8337 if (*arg != '\0')
8338 {
8339 int errcode;
8340
8341 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8342 if (errcode != 0)
8343 {
8344 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8345
8346 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8347 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8348 }
8349 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8350 }
8351
8352 c->is_load = is_load;
8353 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8354 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8355
8356 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8357
8358 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8359 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8360 }
8361
8362 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8363 "catch unload". */
8364
8365 static void
8366 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8367 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8368 {
8369 int tempflag;
8370 const int enabled = 1;
8371
8372 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8373
8374 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8375 }
8376
8377 static void
8378 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8379 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8380 {
8381 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8382 }
8383
8384 static void
8385 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8386 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8387 {
8388 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8389 }
8390
8391 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8392 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8393 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8394 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8395 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8396
8397 struct syscall_catchpoint
8398 {
8399 /* The base class. */
8400 struct breakpoint base;
8401
8402 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8403 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8404 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8405 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8406 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8407 };
8408
8409 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8410 catchpoints. */
8411
8412 static void
8413 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8414 {
8415 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8416
8417 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8418
8419 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8420 }
8421
8422 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8423
8424 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8425 {
8426 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8427 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8428 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8429
8430 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8431 int any_syscall_count;
8432
8433 /* Count of each system call. */
8434 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8435
8436 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8437 if any catching is necessary. */
8438 int total_syscalls_count;
8439 };
8440
8441 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8442 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8443 {
8444 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8445
8446 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8447 if (inf_data == NULL)
8448 {
8449 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8450 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8451 }
8452
8453 return inf_data;
8454 }
8455
8456 static void
8457 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8458 {
8459 xfree (arg);
8460 }
8461
8462
8463 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8464 catchpoints. */
8465
8466 static int
8467 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8468 {
8469 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8470 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8471 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8472 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8473
8474 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8475 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8476 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8477 else
8478 {
8479 int i, iter;
8480
8481 for (i = 0;
8482 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8483 i++)
8484 {
8485 int elem;
8486
8487 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8488 {
8489 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8490 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8491 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8492 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8493 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8494 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8495 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8496 + vec_addr_offset);
8497 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8498 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8499 }
8500 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8501 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8502 }
8503 }
8504
8505 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8506 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8507 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8508 VEC_length (int,
8509 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8510 VEC_address (int,
8511 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8512 }
8513
8514 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8515 catchpoints. */
8516
8517 static int
8518 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8519 {
8520 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8521 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8522 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8523 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8524
8525 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8526 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8527 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8528 else
8529 {
8530 int i, iter;
8531
8532 for (i = 0;
8533 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8534 i++)
8535 {
8536 int elem;
8537 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8538 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8539 continue;
8540 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8541 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8542 }
8543 }
8544
8545 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8546 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8547 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8548 VEC_length (int,
8549 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8550 VEC_address (int,
8551 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8552 }
8553
8554 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8555 catchpoints. */
8556
8557 static int
8558 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8559 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8560 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8561 {
8562 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8563 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8564 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8565 int syscall_number = 0;
8566 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8567 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8568
8569 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8570 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8571 return 0;
8572
8573 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8574
8575 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8576 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8577 {
8578 int i, iter;
8579
8580 for (i = 0;
8581 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8582 i++)
8583 if (syscall_number == iter)
8584 return 1;
8585
8586 return 0;
8587 }
8588
8589 return 1;
8590 }
8591
8592 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8593 catchpoints. */
8594
8595 static enum print_stop_action
8596 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8597 {
8598 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8599 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8600 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8601 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8602 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8603 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8604 ptid_t ptid;
8605 struct target_waitstatus last;
8606 struct syscall s;
8607 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bs->bp_location_at->gdbarch;
8608
8609 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8610
8611 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8612
8613 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8614
8615 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8616 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8617 else
8618 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8619 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8620 {
8621 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8622 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8623 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8624 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8625 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8626 }
8627 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8628
8629 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8630 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8631 else
8632 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8633
8634 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8635 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8636 if (s.name != NULL)
8637 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8638
8639 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8640
8641 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8642 }
8643
8644 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8645 catchpoints. */
8646
8647 static void
8648 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8649 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8650 {
8651 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8652 struct value_print_options opts;
8653 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8654 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = b->loc->gdbarch;
8655
8656 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8657 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8658 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8659 readable). */
8660 if (opts.addressprint)
8661 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8662 annotate_field (5);
8663
8664 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8665 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8666 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8667 else
8668 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8669
8670 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8671 {
8672 int i, iter;
8673 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8674
8675 for (i = 0;
8676 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8677 i++)
8678 {
8679 char *x = text;
8680 struct syscall s;
8681 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, iter, &s);
8682
8683 if (s.name != NULL)
8684 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8685 else
8686 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8687
8688 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8689 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8690 on every call. */
8691 xfree (x);
8692 }
8693 /* Remove the last comma. */
8694 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8695 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8696 }
8697 else
8698 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8699 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8700
8701 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8702 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8703 }
8704
8705 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8706 catchpoints. */
8707
8708 static void
8709 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8710 {
8711 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8712 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = b->loc->gdbarch;
8713
8714 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8715 {
8716 int i, iter;
8717
8718 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8719 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8720 else
8721 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8722
8723 for (i = 0;
8724 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8725 i++)
8726 {
8727 struct syscall s;
8728 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, iter, &s);
8729
8730 if (s.name)
8731 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8732 else
8733 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8734 }
8735 printf_filtered (")");
8736 }
8737 else
8738 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8739 b->number);
8740 }
8741
8742 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8743 catchpoints. */
8744
8745 static void
8746 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8747 {
8748 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8749 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = b->loc->gdbarch;
8750
8751 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8752
8753 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8754 {
8755 int i, iter;
8756
8757 for (i = 0;
8758 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8759 i++)
8760 {
8761 struct syscall s;
8762
8763 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, iter, &s);
8764 if (s.name)
8765 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8766 else
8767 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8768 }
8769 }
8770 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8771 }
8772
8773 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8774
8775 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8776
8777 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8778
8779 static int
8780 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8781 {
8782 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8783 }
8784
8785 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8786 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8787 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8788 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8789
8790 void
8791 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8792 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8793 char *cond_string,
8794 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8795 {
8796 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8797
8798 init_sal (&sal);
8799 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8800
8801 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8802
8803 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8804 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8805 }
8806
8807 void
8808 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8809 {
8810 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8811 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8812 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8813 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8814 if (!internal)
8815 mention (b);
8816 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8817
8818 if (update_gll)
8819 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8820 }
8821
8822 static void
8823 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8824 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8825 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8826 {
8827 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8828
8829 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8830
8831 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8832
8833 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8834 }
8835
8836 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8837
8838 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8839 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8840 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8841 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8842 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8843
8844 struct exec_catchpoint
8845 {
8846 /* The base class. */
8847 struct breakpoint base;
8848
8849 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8850 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8851 triggered. */
8852 char *exec_pathname;
8853 };
8854
8855 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8856 catchpoints. */
8857
8858 static void
8859 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8860 {
8861 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8862
8863 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8864
8865 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8866 }
8867
8868 static int
8869 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8870 {
8871 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8872 }
8873
8874 static int
8875 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8876 {
8877 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8878 }
8879
8880 static int
8881 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8882 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8883 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8884 {
8885 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8886
8887 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8888 return 0;
8889
8890 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8891 return 1;
8892 }
8893
8894 static enum print_stop_action
8895 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8896 {
8897 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8898 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8899 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8900
8901 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8902 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8903 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8904 else
8905 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8906 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8907 {
8908 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8909 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8910 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8911 }
8912 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8913 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8914 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8915 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8916
8917 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8918 }
8919
8920 static void
8921 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8922 {
8923 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8924 struct value_print_options opts;
8925 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8926
8927 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8928
8929 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8930 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8931 is relatively readable). */
8932 if (opts.addressprint)
8933 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8934 annotate_field (5);
8935 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8936 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8937 {
8938 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8939 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8940 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8941 }
8942
8943 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8944 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8945 }
8946
8947 static void
8948 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8949 {
8950 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8951 }
8952
8953 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8954 catchpoints. */
8955
8956 static void
8957 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8958 {
8959 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8960 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8961 }
8962
8963 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8964
8965 static void
8966 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8967 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8968 {
8969 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8970 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8971
8972 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8973 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8974 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8975
8976 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8977 }
8978
8979 static int
8980 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8981 {
8982 int i = 0;
8983 struct breakpoint *b;
8984 struct bp_location *bl;
8985
8986 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8987 {
8988 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8989 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8990 {
8991 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8992 one register. */
8993 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8994 }
8995 }
8996
8997 return i;
8998 }
8999
9000 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9001 watchpoint. */
9002
9003 static int
9004 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
9005 {
9006 int i = 0;
9007 struct bp_location *bl;
9008
9009 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9010 return 0;
9011
9012 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9013 {
9014 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9015 one register. */
9016 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9017 }
9018
9019 return i;
9020 }
9021
9022 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9023 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9024 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9025 types _not_ TYPE. */
9026
9027 static int
9028 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
9029 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
9030 {
9031 int i = 0;
9032 struct breakpoint *b;
9033
9034 *other_type_used = 0;
9035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9036 {
9037 if (b == except)
9038 continue;
9039 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9040 continue;
9041
9042 if (b->type == type)
9043 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
9044 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
9045 *other_type_used = 1;
9046 }
9047
9048 return i;
9049 }
9050
9051 void
9052 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9053 {
9054 struct breakpoint *b;
9055
9056 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9057 {
9058 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9059 {
9060 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
9061 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9062 }
9063 }
9064 }
9065
9066 void
9067 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9068 {
9069 struct breakpoint *b;
9070
9071 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9072 {
9073 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
9074 {
9075 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9076 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9077 }
9078 }
9079 }
9080
9081 void
9082 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9083 {
9084 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
9085 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9086 }
9087
9088 void
9089 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9090 {
9091 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
9092 breakpoint_re_set ();
9093 }
9094
9095 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
9096 locations. */
9097
9098 static struct breakpoint *
9099 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
9100 {
9101 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9102
9103 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bp_single_step,
9104 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9105
9106 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9107 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
9108
9109 b->thread = thread;
9110 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
9111
9112 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
9113
9114 return b;
9115 }
9116
9117 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
9118 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
9119 frame. */
9120
9121 struct breakpoint *
9122 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
9123 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
9124 {
9125 struct breakpoint *b;
9126
9127 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9128 tail-called one. */
9129 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
9130
9131 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9132 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9133 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9134 b->frame_id = frame_id;
9135
9136 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9137 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9138 control. */
9139 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9140 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9141
9142 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9143
9144 return b;
9145 }
9146
9147 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9148 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9149 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9150
9151 static struct breakpoint *
9152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
9153 enum bptype type,
9154 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9155 int loc_enabled)
9156 {
9157 struct breakpoint *copy;
9158
9159 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
9160 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
9161 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
9162
9163 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
9164 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
9165 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
9166 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
9167 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
9168 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
9169 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
9170 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
9171 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
9172 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
9173 copy->thread = orig->thread;
9174 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
9175
9176 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9177 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9178 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
9179
9180 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9181 return copy;
9182 }
9183
9184 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9185 ORIG is NULL. */
9186
9187 struct breakpoint *
9188 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
9189 {
9190 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9191 if (orig == NULL)
9192 return NULL;
9193
9194 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
9195 }
9196
9197 struct breakpoint *
9198 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9199 enum bptype type)
9200 {
9201 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9202
9203 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9204 sal.pc = pc;
9205 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9206 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9207
9208 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9209 }
9210 \f
9211
9212 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9213
9214 static void
9215 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9216 {
9217 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9218 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9219 return;
9220 printf_filtered ("\n");
9221 }
9222 \f
9223
9224 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
9225
9226 static struct bp_location *
9227 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9228 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9229 {
9230 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9231 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9232 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9233
9234 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9235 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9236
9237 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9238 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9239 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9240 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9241 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9242 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9243 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9244 sal->pc, b->type);
9245
9246 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9247 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9248 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9249 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9250 ;
9251 loc->next = *tmp;
9252 *tmp = loc;
9253
9254 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9255 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9256 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9257 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9258 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9259 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9260 loc->section = sal->section;
9261 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9262 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9263 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9264
9265 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9266 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9267
9268 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9269 {
9270 loc->inserted = 1;
9271 loc->permanent = 1;
9272 }
9273
9274 return loc;
9275 }
9276 \f
9277
9278 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9279 return 0 otherwise. */
9280
9281 static int
9282 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9283 {
9284 int len;
9285 CORE_ADDR addr;
9286 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9287 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9288 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9289 int retval = 0;
9290
9291 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9292
9293 /* bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations are usually memory locations
9294 where GDB just wrote a breakpoint instruction, making it look
9295 as if there is a permanent breakpoint at that location. Considering
9296 it permanent makes GDB rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop
9297 the program, thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint
9298 there. This is normally expected to work, except that some versions
9299 of QEMU (Eg: QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC) just report a fatal problem (Trap
9300 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state) instead of reporting
9301 a SIGTRAP. QEMU should probably be fixed, but in the interest of
9302 compatibility with versions that behave this way, we always consider
9303 bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations as non-permanent. */
9304 if (loc->owner->type == bp_call_dummy)
9305 return 0;
9306
9307 addr = loc->address;
9308 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9309
9310 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9311 if (bpoint == NULL)
9312 return 0;
9313
9314 target_mem = alloca (len);
9315
9316 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9317 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9318 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9319 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9320
9321 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9322 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9323
9324 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9325 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9326 retval = 1;
9327
9328 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9329
9330 return retval;
9331 }
9332
9333 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9334 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9335
9336 static void
9337 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9338 {
9339 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9340 char *printf_line = NULL;
9341
9342 if (!dprintf_args)
9343 return;
9344
9345 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9346
9347 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9348 insist on it. */
9349 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9350 ++dprintf_args;
9351 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9352
9353 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9354 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9355
9356 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9357 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9358 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9359 {
9360 if (!dprintf_function)
9361 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9362
9363 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9364 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9365 dprintf_function,
9366 dprintf_channel,
9367 dprintf_args);
9368 else
9369 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9370 dprintf_function,
9371 dprintf_args);
9372 }
9373 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9374 {
9375 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9376 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9377 else
9378 {
9379 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9380 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9381 }
9382 }
9383 else
9384 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9385 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9386
9387 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9388 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9389 {
9390 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9391 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9392
9393 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9394 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9395 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9396 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9397 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9398 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9399
9400 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9401 }
9402 }
9403
9404 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9405 current style settings. */
9406
9407 static void
9408 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9409 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9410 {
9411 struct breakpoint *b;
9412
9413 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9414 {
9415 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9416 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9417 }
9418 }
9419
9420 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9421 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9422 as condition expression. */
9423
9424 static void
9425 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9426 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9427 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9428 char *extra_string,
9429 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9430 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9431 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9432 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9433 int display_canonical)
9434 {
9435 int i;
9436
9437 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9438 {
9439 int target_resources_ok;
9440
9441 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9442 target_resources_ok =
9443 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9444 i + 1, 0);
9445 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9446 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9447 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9448 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9449 }
9450
9451 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9452
9453 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9454 {
9455 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9456 struct bp_location *loc;
9457
9458 if (from_tty)
9459 {
9460 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9461 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9462 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9463
9464 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9465 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9466 }
9467
9468 if (i == 0)
9469 {
9470 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9471 b->thread = thread;
9472 b->task = task;
9473
9474 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9475 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9476 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9477 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9478 b->disposition = disposition;
9479
9480 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9481 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9482
9483 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9484 {
9485 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9486 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9487
9488 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9489 {
9490 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9491 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9492 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9493 char *endp;
9494 char *marker_str;
9495
9496 p = skip_spaces (p);
9497
9498 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9499
9500 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9501 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9502
9503 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9504 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9505 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9506 }
9507 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9508 {
9509 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9510 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9511
9512 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9513 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9514 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9515 }
9516 else
9517 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9518 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9519 }
9520
9521 loc = b->loc;
9522 }
9523 else
9524 {
9525 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9526 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9527 loc->inserted = 1;
9528 }
9529
9530 if (b->cond_string)
9531 {
9532 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9533
9534 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9535 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9536 if (*arg)
9537 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9538 }
9539
9540 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9541 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9542 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9543 {
9544 if (b->extra_string)
9545 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9546 else
9547 error (_("Format string required"));
9548 }
9549 else if (b->extra_string)
9550 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9551 }
9552
9553 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9554 if (addr_string)
9555 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9556 else
9557 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9558 me. */
9559 b->addr_string
9560 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9561 b->filter = filter;
9562 }
9563
9564 static void
9565 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9566 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9567 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9568 char *extra_string,
9569 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9570 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9571 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9572 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9573 int display_canonical)
9574 {
9575 struct breakpoint *b;
9576 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9577
9578 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9579 {
9580 struct tracepoint *t;
9581
9582 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9583 b = &t->base;
9584 }
9585 else
9586 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9587
9588 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9589
9590 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9591 sals, addr_string,
9592 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9593 type, disposition,
9594 thread, task, ignore_count,
9595 ops, from_tty,
9596 enabled, internal, flags,
9597 display_canonical);
9598 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9599
9600 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9601 }
9602
9603 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9604 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9605 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9606 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9607 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9608 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9609 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9610 we take just a single condition string.
9611
9612 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9613 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9614 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9615 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9616 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9617
9618 static void
9619 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9620 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9621 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9622 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9623 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9624 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9625 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9626 {
9627 int i;
9628 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9629
9630 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9631 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9632
9633 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9634 {
9635 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9636 'break', without arguments. */
9637 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9638 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9639 : NULL);
9640 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9641 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9642
9643 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9644 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9645 addr_string,
9646 filter_string,
9647 cond_string, extra_string,
9648 type, disposition,
9649 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9650 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9651 canonical->special_display);
9652 discard_cleanups (inner);
9653 }
9654 }
9655
9656 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9657 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9658 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9659 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9660
9661 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9662 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9663
9664 static void
9665 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9666 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9667 {
9668 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9669 breakpoint. */
9670 if ((*address) == NULL
9671 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9672 {
9673 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9674 address. */
9675 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9676 {
9677 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9678 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9679 CORE_ADDR pc;
9680
9681 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9682 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9683 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9684
9685 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9686 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9687 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9688 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9689 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9690 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9691 pc = sal.pc;
9692 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9693
9694 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9695 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9696 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9697 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9698 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9699 sal.pc = pc;
9700 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9701
9702 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9703 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9704 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9705
9706 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9707 }
9708 else
9709 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9710 }
9711 else
9712 {
9713 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9714
9715 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9716 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9717 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9718 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9719
9720 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9721 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9722 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9723 && (!cursal.symtab
9724 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9725 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9726 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9727 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9728 get_last_displayed_line (),
9729 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9730 else
9731 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9732 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9733 }
9734 }
9735
9736
9737 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9738 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9739
9740 static void
9741 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9742 {
9743 int i;
9744
9745 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9746 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9747 }
9748
9749 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9750 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9751 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9752 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9753 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9754 it, etc. */
9755
9756 static void
9757 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9758 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9759 {
9760 int i, rslt;
9761 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9762 char *msg;
9763 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9764
9765 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9766 {
9767 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9768
9769 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9770
9771 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9772 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9773 associated with SAL. */
9774 if (sarch == NULL)
9775 sarch = gdbarch;
9776 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9777 NULL, &msg);
9778 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9779
9780 if (!rslt)
9781 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9782 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9783
9784 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9785 }
9786 }
9787
9788 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9789
9790 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9791 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9792 {
9793 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9794 }
9795
9796 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9797 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9798 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9799 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9800 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9801 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9802
9803 static void
9804 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9805 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9806 char **rest)
9807 {
9808 *cond_string = NULL;
9809 *thread = -1;
9810 *task = 0;
9811 *rest = NULL;
9812
9813 while (tok && *tok)
9814 {
9815 const char *end_tok;
9816 int toklen;
9817 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9818 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9819
9820 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9821
9822 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9823 {
9824 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9825 return;
9826 }
9827
9828 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9829
9830 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9831
9832 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9833 {
9834 struct expression *expr;
9835
9836 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9837 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9838 xfree (expr);
9839 cond_end = tok;
9840 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9841 }
9842 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9843 {
9844 char *tmptok;
9845
9846 tok = end_tok + 1;
9847 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9848 if (tok == tmptok)
9849 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9850 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9851 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9852 tok = tmptok;
9853 }
9854 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9855 {
9856 char *tmptok;
9857
9858 tok = end_tok + 1;
9859 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9860 if (tok == tmptok)
9861 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9862 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9863 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9864 tok = tmptok;
9865 }
9866 else if (rest)
9867 {
9868 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9869 return;
9870 }
9871 else
9872 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9873 }
9874 }
9875
9876 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9877
9878 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9879 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9880 {
9881 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9882 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9883 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9884 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9885 char *endp;
9886 char *marker_str;
9887 int i;
9888
9889 p = skip_spaces (p);
9890
9891 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9892
9893 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9894 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9895
9896 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9897 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9898 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9899
9900 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9901 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9902
9903 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9904 {
9905 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9906
9907 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9908
9909 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9910
9911 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9912 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9913
9914 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9915 }
9916
9917 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9918
9919 *arg_p = endp;
9920 return sals;
9921 }
9922
9923 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9924 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9925 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9926 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9927 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9928 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9929 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9930 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9931 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9932 was created; false otherwise. */
9933
9934 int
9935 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9936 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9937 int thread, char *extra_string,
9938 int parse_arg,
9939 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9940 int ignore_count,
9941 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9942 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9943 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9944 unsigned flags)
9945 {
9946 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9947 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9948 char *addr_start = arg;
9949 struct linespec_result canonical;
9950 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9951 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9952 int pending = 0;
9953 int task = 0;
9954 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9955
9956 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9957
9958 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9959
9960 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9961 {
9962 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9963 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9964 }
9965
9966 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9967 switch (e.reason)
9968 {
9969 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9970 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9971 return 0;
9972 break;
9973 case RETURN_ERROR:
9974 switch (e.error)
9975 {
9976 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9977
9978 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9979 error. */
9980
9981 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9982 throw_exception (e);
9983
9984 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9985
9986 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9987 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9988 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9989 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9990 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9991 return 0;
9992
9993 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9994 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9995 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9996 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9997 {
9998 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9999
10000 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
10001 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
10002 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
10003 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
10004 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
10005 pending = 1;
10006 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
10007 }
10008 break;
10009 default:
10010 throw_exception (e);
10011 }
10012 break;
10013 default:
10014 throw_exception (e);
10015 }
10016
10017 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10018 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
10019
10020 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10021 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10022 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10023 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10024 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
10025
10026 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10027 are ok for the target. */
10028 if (!pending)
10029 {
10030 int ix;
10031 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10032
10033 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10034 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
10035 }
10036
10037 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10038 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
10039 {
10040 int ix;
10041 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10042
10043 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10044 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
10045 }
10046
10047 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10048 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10049 breakpoint. */
10050 if (!pending)
10051 {
10052 if (parse_arg)
10053 {
10054 char *rest;
10055 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
10056
10057 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
10058
10059 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10060 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10061 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10062 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10063
10064 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
10065 &thread, &task, &rest);
10066 if (cond_string)
10067 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10068 if (rest)
10069 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
10070 if (rest)
10071 extra_string = rest;
10072 }
10073 else
10074 {
10075 if (*arg != '\0')
10076 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
10077
10078 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10079 if (cond_string)
10080 {
10081 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10082 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10083 }
10084 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10085 if (extra_string)
10086 {
10087 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
10088 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
10089 }
10090 }
10091
10092 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
10093 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
10094 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
10095 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
10096 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
10097 }
10098 else
10099 {
10100 struct breakpoint *b;
10101
10102 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
10103
10104 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
10105 {
10106 struct tracepoint *t;
10107
10108 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
10109 b = &t->base;
10110 }
10111 else
10112 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
10113
10114 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
10115
10116 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
10117 if (parse_arg)
10118 b->cond_string = NULL;
10119 else
10120 {
10121 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10122 if (cond_string)
10123 {
10124 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10125 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10126 }
10127 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10128 }
10129 b->extra_string = NULL;
10130 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
10131 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10132 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
10133 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
10134 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
10135 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
10136 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10137
10138 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
10139 }
10140
10141 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
10142 {
10143 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10144 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10145 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
10146 }
10147
10148 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10149 breakpoint. */
10150 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
10151 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10152 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10153
10154 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10155 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10156
10157 return 1;
10158 }
10159
10160 /* Set a breakpoint.
10161 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10162 condition, and thread.
10163 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10164 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10165 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10166
10167 static void
10168 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
10169 {
10170 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
10171 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10172 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10173 : bp_breakpoint);
10174 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
10175 const char *arg_cp = arg;
10176
10177 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10178 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
10179 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10180 else
10181 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10182
10183 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10184 arg,
10185 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10186 tempflag, type_wanted,
10187 0 /* Ignore count */,
10188 pending_break_support,
10189 ops,
10190 from_tty,
10191 1 /* enabled */,
10192 0 /* internal */,
10193 0);
10194 }
10195
10196 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10197
10198 void
10199 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10200 {
10201 CORE_ADDR pc;
10202
10203 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10204 {
10205 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10206 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10207 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10208 sal->pc = pc;
10209
10210 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10211 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10212 if (sal->explicit_line)
10213 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10214 }
10215
10216 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10217 {
10218 const struct blockvector *bv;
10219 const struct block *b;
10220 struct symbol *sym;
10221
10222 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
10223 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
10224 if (bv != NULL)
10225 {
10226 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10227 if (sym != NULL)
10228 {
10229 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
10230 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
10231 sym);
10232 }
10233 else
10234 {
10235 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10236 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10237 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10238 happen in assembly source). */
10239
10240 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10241 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10242
10243 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10244
10245 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10246 if (msym.minsym)
10247 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10248
10249 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10250 }
10251 }
10252 }
10253 }
10254
10255 void
10256 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10257 {
10258 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10259 }
10260
10261 void
10262 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10263 {
10264 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10265 }
10266
10267 static void
10268 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10269 {
10270 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10271 }
10272
10273 static void
10274 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10275 {
10276 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10277 }
10278
10279 static void
10280 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10281 {
10282 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10283 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10284 stop at <line>\n"));
10285 }
10286
10287 static void
10288 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10289 {
10290 int badInput = 0;
10291
10292 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10293 badInput = 1;
10294 else if (*arg != '*')
10295 {
10296 char *argptr = arg;
10297 int hasColon = 0;
10298
10299 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10300 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10301 function/method name. */
10302 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10303 {
10304 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10305 argptr++;
10306 }
10307
10308 if (hasColon)
10309 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10310 else
10311 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10312 }
10313
10314 if (badInput)
10315 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10316 else
10317 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10318 }
10319
10320 static void
10321 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10322 {
10323 int badInput = 0;
10324
10325 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10326 badInput = 1;
10327 else
10328 {
10329 char *argptr = arg;
10330 int hasColon = 0;
10331
10332 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10333 it is probably a line number. */
10334 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10335 {
10336 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10337 argptr++;
10338 }
10339
10340 if (hasColon)
10341 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10342 else
10343 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10344 }
10345
10346 if (badInput)
10347 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10348 else
10349 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10350 }
10351
10352 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10353 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10354 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10355 line. */
10356
10357 static void
10358 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10359 {
10360 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10361 arg,
10362 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10363 0, bp_dprintf,
10364 0 /* Ignore count */,
10365 pending_break_support,
10366 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10367 from_tty,
10368 1 /* enabled */,
10369 0 /* internal */,
10370 0);
10371 }
10372
10373 static void
10374 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10375 {
10376 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10377 }
10378
10379 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10380 ranged breakpoints. */
10381
10382 static int
10383 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10384 struct address_space *aspace,
10385 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10386 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10387 {
10388 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10389 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10390 return 0;
10391
10392 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10393 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10394 }
10395
10396 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10397 ranged breakpoints. */
10398
10399 static int
10400 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10401 {
10402 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10403 }
10404
10405 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10406 ranged breakpoints. */
10407
10408 static enum print_stop_action
10409 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10410 {
10411 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10412 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10413 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10414
10415 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10416
10417 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10418 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10419
10420 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10421 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10422 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10423 else
10424 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10425 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10426 {
10427 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10428 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10429 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10430 }
10431 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10432 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10433
10434 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10435 }
10436
10437 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10438 ranged breakpoints. */
10439
10440 static void
10441 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10442 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10443 {
10444 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10445 struct value_print_options opts;
10446 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10447
10448 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10449 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10450
10451 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10452
10453 if (opts.addressprint)
10454 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10455 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10456 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10457 annotate_field (5);
10458 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10459 *last_loc = bl;
10460 }
10461
10462 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10463 ranged breakpoints. */
10464
10465 static void
10466 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10467 struct ui_out *uiout)
10468 {
10469 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10470 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10471 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10472 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10473
10474 gdb_assert (bl);
10475
10476 address_start = bl->address;
10477 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10478
10479 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10480 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10481 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10482 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10483 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10484 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10485
10486 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10487 }
10488
10489 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10490 ranged breakpoints. */
10491
10492 static void
10493 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10494 {
10495 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10496 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10497
10498 gdb_assert (bl);
10499 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10500
10501 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10502 return;
10503
10504 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10505 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10506 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10507 }
10508
10509 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10510 ranged breakpoints. */
10511
10512 static void
10513 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10514 {
10515 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10516 b->addr_string_range_end);
10517 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10518 }
10519
10520 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10521
10522 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10523
10524 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10525 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10526 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10527 last instruction of the given line. */
10528
10529 static CORE_ADDR
10530 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10531 {
10532 CORE_ADDR end;
10533
10534 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10535 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10536 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10537 end = sal.pc;
10538 else
10539 {
10540 int ret;
10541 CORE_ADDR start;
10542
10543 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10544 if (!ret)
10545 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10546
10547 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10548 end--;
10549 }
10550
10551 return end;
10552 }
10553
10554 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10555
10556 static void
10557 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10558 {
10559 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10560 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10561 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10562 CORE_ADDR end;
10563 struct breakpoint *b;
10564 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10565 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10566 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10567
10568 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10569 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10570 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10571
10572 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10573 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10574 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10575 bp_count, 0);
10576 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10577 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10578
10579 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10580 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10581 error(_("No address range specified."));
10582
10583 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10584
10585 arg_start = arg;
10586 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10587
10588 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10589
10590 if (arg[0] != ',')
10591 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10592 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10593 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10594
10595 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10596
10597 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10598 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10599 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10600
10601 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10602 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10603 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10604
10605 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10606 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10607
10608 /* Parse the end location. */
10609
10610 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10611 arg_start = arg;
10612
10613 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10614 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10615 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10616 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10617 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10618 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10619 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10620 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10621
10622 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10623
10624 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10625 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10626
10627 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10628 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10629 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10630 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10631
10632 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10633 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10634 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10635
10636 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10637 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10638 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10639
10640 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10641 if (length < 0)
10642 /* Length overflowed. */
10643 error (_("Address range too large."));
10644 else if (length == 1)
10645 {
10646 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10647 the `hbreak' command. */
10648 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10649
10650 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10651
10652 return;
10653 }
10654
10655 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10656 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10657 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10658 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10659 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10660 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10661 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10662 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10663 b->loc->length = length;
10664
10665 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10666
10667 mention (b);
10668 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10669 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10670 }
10671
10672 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10673 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10674 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10675 zero. */
10676
10677 static int
10678 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10679 {
10680 int i = exp->nelts;
10681
10682 while (i > 0)
10683 {
10684 int oplenp, argsp;
10685
10686 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10687 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10688 i -= oplenp;
10689
10690 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10691 {
10692 case BINOP_ADD:
10693 case BINOP_SUB:
10694 case BINOP_MUL:
10695 case BINOP_DIV:
10696 case BINOP_REM:
10697 case BINOP_MOD:
10698 case BINOP_LSH:
10699 case BINOP_RSH:
10700 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10701 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10702 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10703 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10704 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10705 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10706 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10707 case BINOP_LESS:
10708 case BINOP_GTR:
10709 case BINOP_LEQ:
10710 case BINOP_GEQ:
10711 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10712 case BINOP_COMMA:
10713 case BINOP_EXP:
10714 case BINOP_MIN:
10715 case BINOP_MAX:
10716 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10717 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10718 case TERNOP_COND:
10719 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10720
10721 case OP_LONG:
10722 case OP_DOUBLE:
10723 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10724 case OP_LAST:
10725 case OP_COMPLEX:
10726 case OP_STRING:
10727 case OP_ARRAY:
10728 case OP_TYPE:
10729 case OP_TYPEOF:
10730 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10731 case OP_TYPEID:
10732 case OP_NAME:
10733 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10734
10735 case UNOP_NEG:
10736 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10737 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10738 case UNOP_ADDR:
10739 case UNOP_HIGH:
10740 case UNOP_CAST:
10741
10742 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10743 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10744 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10745 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10746 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10747 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10748 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10749
10750 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10751 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10752 ADDR is. */
10753 break;
10754
10755 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10756 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10757
10758 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10759 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10760 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10761 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10762
10763 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10764 are always constant. */
10765 {
10766 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10767
10768 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10769 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10770 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10771 return 0;
10772 break;
10773 }
10774
10775 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10776 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10777 then it is not a constant. */
10778 default:
10779 return 0;
10780 }
10781 }
10782
10783 return 1;
10784 }
10785
10786 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10787
10788 static void
10789 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10790 {
10791 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10792
10793 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10794 xfree (w->exp);
10795 xfree (w->exp_string);
10796 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10797 value_free (w->val);
10798
10799 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10800 }
10801
10802 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10803
10804 static void
10805 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10806 {
10807 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10808
10809 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10810 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10811
10812 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10813 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10814 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10815 are loaded and unloaded.
10816
10817 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10818 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10819 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10820 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10821 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10822 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10823
10824 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10825 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10826 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10827 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10828
10829 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10830 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10831
10832 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10833 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10834 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10835 }
10836
10837 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10838
10839 static int
10840 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10841 {
10842 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10843 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10844
10845 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10846 w->cond_exp);
10847 }
10848
10849 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10850
10851 static int
10852 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10853 {
10854 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10855 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10856
10857 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10858 w->cond_exp);
10859 }
10860
10861 static int
10862 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10863 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10864 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10865 {
10866 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10867 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10868
10869 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10870 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10871 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10872 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10873 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10874 (did not match the data address). */
10875 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10876 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10877 return 0;
10878
10879 return 1;
10880 }
10881
10882 static void
10883 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10884 {
10885 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10886
10887 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10888 }
10889
10890 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10891 hardware watchpoints. */
10892
10893 static int
10894 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10895 {
10896 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10897 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10898
10899 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10900 }
10901
10902 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10903 hardware watchpoints. */
10904
10905 static int
10906 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10907 {
10908 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10909 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10910 }
10911
10912 static enum print_stop_action
10913 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10914 {
10915 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10916 struct breakpoint *b;
10917 struct ui_file *stb;
10918 enum print_stop_action result;
10919 struct watchpoint *w;
10920 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10921
10922 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10923
10924 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10925 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10926
10927 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10928 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10929
10930 switch (b->type)
10931 {
10932 case bp_watchpoint:
10933 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10934 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10935 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10936 ui_out_field_string
10937 (uiout, "reason",
10938 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10939 mention (b);
10940 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10941 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10942 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10943 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10944 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10945 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10946 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10947 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10948 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10949 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10950 break;
10951
10952 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10953 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10954 ui_out_field_string
10955 (uiout, "reason",
10956 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10957 mention (b);
10958 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10959 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10960 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10961 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10962 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10963 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10964 break;
10965
10966 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10967 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10968 {
10969 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10970 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10971 ui_out_field_string
10972 (uiout, "reason",
10973 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10974 mention (b);
10975 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10976 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10977 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10978 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10979 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10980 }
10981 else
10982 {
10983 mention (b);
10984 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10985 ui_out_field_string
10986 (uiout, "reason",
10987 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10988 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10989 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10990 }
10991 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10992 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10993 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10994 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10995 break;
10996 default:
10997 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10998 }
10999
11000 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11001 return result;
11002 }
11003
11004 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
11005 watchpoints. */
11006
11007 static void
11008 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11009 {
11010 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11011 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11012 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11013
11014 switch (b->type)
11015 {
11016 case bp_watchpoint:
11017 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
11018 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11019 break;
11020 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11021 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11022 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11023 break;
11024 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11025 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11026 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11027 break;
11028 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11029 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11030 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11031 break;
11032 default:
11033 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11034 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11035 }
11036
11037 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11038 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11039 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11040 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11041 }
11042
11043 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11044 watchpoints. */
11045
11046 static void
11047 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11048 {
11049 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11050
11051 switch (b->type)
11052 {
11053 case bp_watchpoint:
11054 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11055 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11056 break;
11057 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11058 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11059 break;
11060 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11061 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11062 break;
11063 default:
11064 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11065 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11066 }
11067
11068 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
11069 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11070 }
11071
11072 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11073 watchpoints. */
11074
11075 static int
11076 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
11077 {
11078 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11079 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11080 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
11081 return 0;
11082
11083 return 1;
11084 }
11085
11086 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11087
11088 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11089
11090 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11091 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11092
11093 static int
11094 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11095 {
11096 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11097
11098 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11099 bl->watchpoint_type);
11100 }
11101
11102 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11103 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11104
11105 static int
11106 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11107 {
11108 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11109
11110 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11111 bl->watchpoint_type);
11112 }
11113
11114 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11115 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11116
11117 static int
11118 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
11119 {
11120 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11121
11122 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
11123 }
11124
11125 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11126 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11127
11128 static int
11129 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11130 {
11131 return 0;
11132 }
11133
11134 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11135 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11136
11137 static enum print_stop_action
11138 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
11139 {
11140 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11141 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11142
11143 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11144 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11145
11146 switch (b->type)
11147 {
11148 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11149 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11150 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11151 ui_out_field_string
11152 (uiout, "reason",
11153 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11154 break;
11155
11156 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11157 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11158 ui_out_field_string
11159 (uiout, "reason",
11160 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11161 break;
11162
11163 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11164 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11165 ui_out_field_string
11166 (uiout, "reason",
11167 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11168 break;
11169 default:
11170 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11171 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11172 }
11173
11174 mention (b);
11175 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11176 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11177 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11178 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11179
11180 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11181 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11182 }
11183
11184 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11185 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11186
11187 static void
11188 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11189 struct ui_out *uiout)
11190 {
11191 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11192
11193 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11194 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11195
11196 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11197 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11198 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11199 }
11200
11201 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11202 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11203
11204 static void
11205 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11206 {
11207 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11208 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11209 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11210
11211 switch (b->type)
11212 {
11213 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11214 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11215 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11216 break;
11217 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11218 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11219 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11220 break;
11221 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11222 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11223 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11224 break;
11225 default:
11226 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11227 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11228 }
11229
11230 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11231 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11232 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11233 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11234 }
11235
11236 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11237 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11238
11239 static void
11240 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11241 {
11242 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11243 char tmp[40];
11244
11245 switch (b->type)
11246 {
11247 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11248 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11249 break;
11250 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11251 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11252 break;
11253 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11254 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11255 break;
11256 default:
11257 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11258 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11259 }
11260
11261 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11262 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11263 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11264 }
11265
11266 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11267
11268 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11269
11270 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11271
11272 static int
11273 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11274 {
11275 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11276 }
11277
11278 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11279 hw_read: watch read,
11280 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11281 static void
11282 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11283 int just_location, int internal)
11284 {
11285 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11286 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11287 struct expression *exp;
11288 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11289 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11290 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11291 struct frame_info *frame;
11292 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11293 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11294 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11295 int toklen = -1;
11296 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11297 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11298 enum bptype bp_type;
11299 int thread = -1;
11300 int pc = 0;
11301 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11302 the hardware watchpoint. */
11303 int use_mask = 0;
11304 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11305 struct watchpoint *w;
11306 char *expression;
11307 struct cleanup *back_to;
11308
11309 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11310 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11311 {
11312 const char *value_start;
11313
11314 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11315
11316 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11317 of the arguments string. */
11318 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11319 {
11320 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11321 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11322 tok--;
11323
11324 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11325 This is the value of the parameter. */
11326 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11327 tok--;
11328 value_start = tok + 1;
11329
11330 /* Skip whitespace. */
11331 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11332 tok--;
11333
11334 end_tok = tok;
11335
11336 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11337 This is the parameter itself. */
11338 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11339 tok--;
11340 tok++;
11341 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11342
11343 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11344 {
11345 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11346 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11347 only in a specific thread. */
11348 char *endp;
11349
11350 if (thread != -1)
11351 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11352
11353 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11354 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11355
11356 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11357 thread ID. */
11358 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11359 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11360
11361 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11362 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11363 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11364 }
11365 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11366 {
11367 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11368 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11369 facility. */
11370 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11371
11372 if (use_mask)
11373 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11374
11375 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11376
11377 mark = value_mark ();
11378 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11379 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11380 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11381 }
11382 else
11383 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11384 break;
11385
11386 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11387 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11388 exp_end = tok;
11389 }
11390 }
11391 else
11392 exp_end = arg;
11393
11394 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11395 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11396 ARG. */
11397 innermost_block = NULL;
11398 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11399 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11400 exp_start = arg = expression;
11401 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11402 exp_end = arg;
11403 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11404 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11405 prettier. */
11406 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11407 --exp_end;
11408
11409 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11410 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11411 {
11412 int len;
11413
11414 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11415 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11416 len--;
11417 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11418 }
11419
11420 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11421 mark = value_mark ();
11422 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11423
11424 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11425 {
11426 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11427 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11428 }
11429
11430 if (just_location)
11431 {
11432 int ret;
11433
11434 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11435 val = value_addr (result);
11436 release_value (val);
11437 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11438
11439 if (use_mask)
11440 {
11441 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11442 mask);
11443 if (ret == -1)
11444 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11445 else if (ret == -2)
11446 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11447 }
11448 }
11449 else if (val != NULL)
11450 release_value (val);
11451
11452 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11453 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11454
11455 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11456 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11457 {
11458 struct expression *cond;
11459
11460 innermost_block = NULL;
11461 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11462 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11463
11464 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11465 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11466 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11467
11468 xfree (cond);
11469 cond_end = tok;
11470 }
11471 if (*tok)
11472 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11473
11474 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11475
11476 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11477 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11478 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11479 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11480 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11481 {
11482 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11483 {
11484 scope_breakpoint
11485 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11486 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11487 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11488 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11489
11490 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11491
11492 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11493 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11494
11495 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11496 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11497
11498 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11499 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11500 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11501 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11502 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11503 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11504 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11505 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11506 scope_breakpoint->type);
11507 }
11508 }
11509
11510 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11511 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11512 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11513 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11514
11515 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11516 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11517 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11518 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11519 else
11520 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11521
11522 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11523 b = &w->base;
11524 if (use_mask)
11525 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11526 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11527 else
11528 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11529 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11530 b->thread = thread;
11531 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11532 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11533 w->exp = exp;
11534 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11535 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11536 if (just_location)
11537 {
11538 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11539 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11540 char *name;
11541
11542 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11543 name = type_to_string (t);
11544
11545 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11546 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11547 xfree (name);
11548
11549 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11550 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11551
11552 /* The above expression is in C. */
11553 b->language = language_c;
11554 }
11555 else
11556 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11557
11558 if (use_mask)
11559 {
11560 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11561 }
11562 else
11563 {
11564 w->val = val;
11565 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11566 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11567 w->val_valid = 1;
11568 }
11569
11570 if (cond_start)
11571 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11572 else
11573 b->cond_string = 0;
11574
11575 if (frame)
11576 {
11577 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11578 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11579 }
11580 else
11581 {
11582 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11583 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11584 }
11585
11586 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11587 {
11588 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11589 need to act on them together. */
11590 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11591 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11592 }
11593
11594 if (!just_location)
11595 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11596
11597 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11598 {
11599 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11600 that should be inserted. */
11601 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11602 }
11603 if (e.reason < 0)
11604 {
11605 delete_breakpoint (b);
11606 throw_exception (e);
11607 }
11608
11609 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11610 do_cleanups (back_to);
11611 }
11612
11613 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11614 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11615
11616 static int
11617 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11618 {
11619 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11620 struct value *head = v;
11621
11622 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11623 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11624 return 0;
11625
11626 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11627 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11628 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11629 hardware watchpoint.
11630
11631 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11632 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11633 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11634 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11635 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11636 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11637 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11638 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11639 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11640
11641 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11642 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11643 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11644 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11645 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11646 {
11647 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11648 {
11649 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11650 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11651 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11652 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11653 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11654 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11655 ;
11656 else
11657 {
11658 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11659 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11660 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11661
11662 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11663 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11664 middle of some value chain. */
11665 if (v == head
11666 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11667 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11668 {
11669 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11670 int len;
11671 int num_regs;
11672
11673 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11674 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11675 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11676
11677 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11678 if (!num_regs)
11679 return 0;
11680 else
11681 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11682 }
11683 }
11684 }
11685 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11686 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11687 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11688 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11689 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11690 }
11691
11692 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11693 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11694 return found_memory_cnt;
11695 }
11696
11697 void
11698 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11699 {
11700 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11701 }
11702
11703 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11704 calls watch_command_1. */
11705
11706 static void
11707 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11708 {
11709 int just_location = 0;
11710
11711 if (arg
11712 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11713 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11714 {
11715 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11716 just_location = 1;
11717 }
11718
11719 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11720 }
11721
11722 static void
11723 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11724 {
11725 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11726 }
11727
11728 void
11729 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11730 {
11731 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11732 }
11733
11734 static void
11735 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11736 {
11737 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11738 }
11739
11740 void
11741 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11742 {
11743 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11744 }
11745
11746 static void
11747 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11748 {
11749 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11750 }
11751 \f
11752
11753 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11754 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11755
11756 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11757 {
11758 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11759 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11760 int thread_num;
11761 };
11762
11763 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11764 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11765 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11766 command. */
11767 static void
11768 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11769 {
11770 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11771
11772 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11773 if (a->breakpoint2)
11774 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11775 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11776 }
11777
11778 void
11779 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11780 {
11781 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11782 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11783 struct frame_info *frame;
11784 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11785 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11786 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11787 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11788 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11789 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11790 int thread;
11791 struct thread_info *tp;
11792
11793 clear_proceed_status (0);
11794
11795 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11796 this function. */
11797
11798 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11799 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11800 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11801 get_last_displayed_line ());
11802 else
11803 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11804 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11805
11806 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11807 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11808
11809 sal = sals.sals[0];
11810 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11811
11812 if (*arg)
11813 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11814
11815 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11816
11817 tp = inferior_thread ();
11818 thread = tp->num;
11819
11820 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11821
11822 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11823 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11824 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11825 that. */
11826
11827 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11828 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11829 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11830 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11831
11832 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11833 one. */
11834
11835 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11836 {
11837 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11838
11839 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11840 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11841 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11842 sal2,
11843 caller_frame_id,
11844 bp_until);
11845 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11846
11847 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11848 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11849 }
11850
11851 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11852 frame = NULL;
11853
11854 if (anywhere)
11855 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11856 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11857 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11858 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11859 else
11860 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11861 only at the very same frame. */
11862 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11863 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11864 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11865
11866 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11867
11868 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11869 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11870 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11871 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11872
11873 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11874 {
11875 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11876 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11877
11878 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11879 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11880 args->thread_num = thread;
11881
11882 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11883 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11884 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11885 xfree);
11886 }
11887 else
11888 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11889 }
11890
11891 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11892 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11893
11894 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11895 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11896 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11897 if clause in the arg string. */
11898
11899 char *
11900 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11901 {
11902 char *cond_string;
11903
11904 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11905 return NULL;
11906
11907 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11908 (*arg) += 2;
11909
11910 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11911 condition string. */
11912 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11913 cond_string = *arg;
11914
11915 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11916 string. */
11917 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11918
11919 return cond_string;
11920 }
11921
11922 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11923 process start/exit, etc. */
11924
11925 typedef enum
11926 {
11927 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11928 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11929 }
11930 catch_fork_kind;
11931
11932 static void
11933 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11934 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11935 {
11936 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11937 char *cond_string = NULL;
11938 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11939 int tempflag;
11940
11941 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11942 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11943 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11944
11945 if (!arg)
11946 arg = "";
11947 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11948
11949 /* The allowed syntax is:
11950 catch [v]fork
11951 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11952
11953 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11954 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11955
11956 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11957 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11958
11959 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11960 and enable reporting of such events. */
11961 switch (fork_kind)
11962 {
11963 case catch_fork_temporary:
11964 case catch_fork_permanent:
11965 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11966 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11967 break;
11968 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11969 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11970 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11971 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11972 break;
11973 default:
11974 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11975 break;
11976 }
11977 }
11978
11979 static void
11980 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11981 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11982 {
11983 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11984 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11985 int tempflag;
11986 char *cond_string = NULL;
11987
11988 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11989
11990 if (!arg)
11991 arg = "";
11992 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11993
11994 /* The allowed syntax is:
11995 catch exec
11996 catch exec if <cond>
11997
11998 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11999 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
12000
12001 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
12002 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12003
12004 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
12005 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12006 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
12007 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
12008
12009 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
12010 }
12011
12012 void
12013 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
12014 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12015 struct symtab_and_line sal,
12016 char *addr_string,
12017 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12018 int tempflag,
12019 int enabled,
12020 int from_tty)
12021 {
12022 if (from_tty)
12023 {
12024 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
12025 if (!loc_gdbarch)
12026 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
12027
12028 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
12029 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
12030 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12031 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12032 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12033 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12034 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12035 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12036 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12037 enough for now, though. */
12038 }
12039
12040 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
12041
12042 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
12043 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
12044 b->addr_string = addr_string;
12045 b->language = language_ada;
12046 }
12047
12048 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12049 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12050 static VEC(int) *
12051 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
12052 {
12053 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
12054 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
12055 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = target_gdbarch ();
12056
12057 while (*arg != '\0')
12058 {
12059 int i, syscall_number;
12060 char *endptr;
12061 char cur_name[128];
12062 struct syscall s;
12063
12064 /* Skip whitespace. */
12065 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12066
12067 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
12068 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
12069 cur_name[i] = '\0';
12070 arg += i;
12071
12072 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12073 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
12074 if (*endptr == '\0')
12075 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, syscall_number, &s);
12076 else
12077 {
12078 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12079 to a number. */
12080 get_syscall_by_name (gdbarch, cur_name, &s);
12081
12082 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
12083 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12084 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12085 syscall number to be caught. */
12086 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
12087 }
12088
12089 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12090 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
12091 }
12092
12093 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
12094 return result;
12095 }
12096
12097 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12098
12099 static void
12100 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12101 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12102 {
12103 int tempflag;
12104 VEC(int) *filter;
12105 struct syscall s;
12106 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12107
12108 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12109 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
12110 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12111 this architecture yet."));
12112
12113 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12114
12115 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12116
12117 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12118 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12119 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12120 for his/her architecture. */
12121 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, 0, &s);
12122
12123 /* The allowed syntax is:
12124 catch syscall
12125 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12126
12127 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12128
12129 if (arg != NULL)
12130 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
12131 else
12132 filter = NULL;
12133
12134 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
12135 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
12136 }
12137
12138 static void
12139 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12140 {
12141 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12142 }
12143 \f
12144
12145 static void
12146 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12147 {
12148 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12149 }
12150
12151 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12152
12153 static int
12154 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
12155 {
12156 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
12157 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
12158 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
12159 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
12160
12161 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
12162 return -1;
12163 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12164 return 1;
12165
12166 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12167 the number 0. */
12168 if (ua < ub)
12169 return -1;
12170 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12171 }
12172
12173 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12174
12175 static void
12176 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12177 {
12178 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12179 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12180 int ix;
12181 int default_match;
12182 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12183 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12184 int i;
12185 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12186
12187 if (arg)
12188 {
12189 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12190 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12191 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12192 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12193 default_match = 0;
12194 }
12195 else
12196 {
12197 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
12198 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
12199 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12200 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12201
12202 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12203 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12204 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12205 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12206 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12207 error (_("No source file specified."));
12208
12209 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12210 sals.nelts = 1;
12211
12212 default_match = 1;
12213 }
12214
12215 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12216 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12217 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12218 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12219
12220 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12221 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12222 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12223 due to optimization, all in one block.
12224
12225 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12226 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12227 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12228 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12229 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12230 to support that. */
12231
12232 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12233 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12234 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12235 breakpoint. */
12236
12237 found = NULL;
12238 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12239 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12240 {
12241 const char *sal_fullname;
12242
12243 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12244 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12245 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12246 or at default pc.
12247
12248 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12249
12250 0 1 pc
12251 1 1 pc _and_ line
12252 0 0 line
12253 1 0 <can't happen> */
12254
12255 sal = sals.sals[i];
12256 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12257 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12258
12259 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12260 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12261 {
12262 int match = 0;
12263 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12264 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12265 {
12266 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12267 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12268 {
12269 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12270 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12271 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12272 && sal.pc
12273 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12274 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12275 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12276 || loc->section == sal.section));
12277 int line_match = 0;
12278
12279 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12280 && loc->symtab != NULL
12281 && sal_fullname != NULL
12282 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12283 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12284 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12285 sal_fullname) == 0)
12286 line_match = 1;
12287
12288 if (pc_match || line_match)
12289 {
12290 match = 1;
12291 break;
12292 }
12293 }
12294 }
12295
12296 if (match)
12297 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12298 }
12299 }
12300
12301 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12302 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12303 {
12304 if (arg)
12305 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12306 else
12307 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12308 }
12309
12310 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12311 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12312 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12313 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12314 compare_breakpoints);
12315 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12316 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12317 {
12318 if (b == prev)
12319 {
12320 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12321 --ix;
12322 }
12323 }
12324
12325 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12326 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12327 if (from_tty)
12328 {
12329 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12330 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12331 else
12332 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12333 }
12334
12335 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12336 {
12337 if (from_tty)
12338 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12339 delete_breakpoint (b);
12340 }
12341 if (from_tty)
12342 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12343
12344 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12345 }
12346 \f
12347 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12348 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12349 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12350
12351 void
12352 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12353 {
12354 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12355
12356 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12357 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12358 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12359 && bs->stop)
12360 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12361
12362 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12363 {
12364 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12365 delete_breakpoint (b);
12366 }
12367 }
12368
12369 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12370 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12371 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12372 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12373 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12374 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12375
12376 static int
12377 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12378 {
12379 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12380 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12381
12382 if (a->address != b->address)
12383 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12384
12385 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12386 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12387 grouped. */
12388
12389 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12390 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12391 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12392
12393 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12394 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
12395 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
12396
12397 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12398 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12399 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12400
12401 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12402 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12403 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12404
12405 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12406 }
12407
12408 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12409 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12410 content of the bp_location array. */
12411
12412 static void
12413 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12414 {
12415 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12416
12417 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12418 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12419
12420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12421 {
12422 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12423
12424 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12425 continue;
12426
12427 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12428 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12429
12430 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12431 addr = bl->address - start;
12432 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12433 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12434
12435 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12436
12437 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12438 addr = end - bl->address;
12439 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12440 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12441 }
12442 }
12443
12444 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12445
12446 static void
12447 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12448 {
12449 struct breakpoint *b;
12450 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12451
12452 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12453 return;
12454
12455 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12456
12457 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12458 {
12459 struct bp_location *bl;
12460 struct tracepoint *t;
12461 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12462
12463 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12464 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12465 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12466 continue;
12467
12468 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12469 {
12470 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12471 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12472 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12473 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12474 continue;
12475
12476 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12477
12478 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12479
12480 bl->inserted = 1;
12481 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12482 }
12483 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12484 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12485 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12486 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12487 }
12488
12489 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12490 }
12491
12492 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12493
12494 static void
12495 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12496 {
12497 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12498 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12499 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12500 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12501
12502 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12503 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12504 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12505 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12506 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12507
12508 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12509 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12510 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12511 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12512 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12513 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12514 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12515 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12516 }
12517
12518 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12519 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12520 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12521 the target. */
12522
12523 static void
12524 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12525 {
12526 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12527 struct bp_location *loc;
12528 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12529 int pspace_num;
12530
12531 address = bl->address;
12532 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12533
12534 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12535 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12536 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12537 side. */
12538 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12539 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12540 return;
12541
12542 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12543 the same program space as the location
12544 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12545 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12546 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12547 {
12548 loc = *loc2p;
12549
12550 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12551 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12552 continue;
12553
12554 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12555 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12556 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12557 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12558 that have already been marked. */
12559 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12560
12561 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12562 it later on. */
12563 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12564 {
12565 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12566 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12567 }
12568 }
12569 }
12570 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12571 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12572 locations are duplicate of which.
12573
12574 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12575 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12576 info. */
12577
12578 static void
12579 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12580 {
12581 struct breakpoint *b;
12582 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12583 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12584 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12585 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12586 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12587 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12588
12589 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12590 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12591 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12592 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12593 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12594 once. */
12595 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12596 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12597 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12598 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12599
12600 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12601 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12602 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12603 unsigned old_location_count;
12604
12605 old_location = bp_location;
12606 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12607 bp_location = NULL;
12608 bp_location_count = 0;
12609 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12610
12611 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12612 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12613 bp_location_count++;
12614
12615 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12616 locp = bp_location;
12617 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12618 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12619 *locp++ = loc;
12620 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12621 bp_location_compare);
12622
12623 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12624
12625 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12626 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12627 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12628 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12629 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12630 location.
12631
12632 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12633 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12634
12635 locp = bp_location;
12636 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12637 old_locp++)
12638 {
12639 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12640 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12641
12642 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12643 not, we have to free it. */
12644 int found_object = 0;
12645 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12646 int keep_in_target = 0;
12647 int removed = 0;
12648
12649 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12650 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12651 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12652 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12653 locp++;
12654
12655 for (loc2p = locp;
12656 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12657 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12658 loc2p++)
12659 {
12660 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12661 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12662 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12663 place there. */
12664 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12665 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12666 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12667 {
12668 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12669 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12670 }
12671
12672 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12673 found_object = 1;
12674 }
12675
12676 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12677 have to go through updates again. */
12678 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12679
12680 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12681 if (!found_object)
12682 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12683
12684 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12685 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12686 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12687 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12688 at certain location is not inserted. */
12689
12690 if (old_loc->inserted)
12691 {
12692 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12693 it. */
12694
12695 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12696 {
12697 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12698 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12699 keep_in_target = 1;
12700 }
12701 else
12702 {
12703 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12704 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12705 remove its target-side condition. */
12706
12707 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12708 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12709 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12710 this one from the target. */
12711
12712 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12713 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12714 {
12715 for (loc2p = locp;
12716 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12717 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12718 loc2p++)
12719 {
12720 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12721
12722 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12723 {
12724 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12725 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12726 supported, but the latter are. */
12727 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12728 {
12729 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12730 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12731 }
12732
12733 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12734 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12735 unduplicated. */
12736 if (loc2 != old_loc
12737 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12738 {
12739 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12740 keep_in_target = 1;
12741 break;
12742 }
12743 }
12744 }
12745 }
12746 }
12747
12748 if (!keep_in_target)
12749 {
12750 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12751 {
12752 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12753 this location on the global list, and try to
12754 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12755 reason why we will succeed next time.
12756
12757 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12758 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12759 only after calling us. */
12760 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12761 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12762 old_loc->owner->number);
12763 }
12764 removed = 1;
12765 }
12766 }
12767
12768 if (!found_object)
12769 {
12770 if (removed && non_stop
12771 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12772 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12773 {
12774 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12775 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12776 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12777 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12778 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12779 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12780 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12781 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12782 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12783 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12784 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12785 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12786 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12787 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12788 SIGTRAP.
12789
12790 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12791 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12792
12793 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12794 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12795 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12796 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12797 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12798 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12799 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12800 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12801 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12802 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12803 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12804 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12805 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12806 thread_count.
12807
12808 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12809 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12810 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12811 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12812
12813 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12814 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12815 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12816 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12817 traps we can no longer explain. */
12818
12819 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12820 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12821
12822 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12823 }
12824 else
12825 {
12826 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12827 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12828 }
12829 }
12830 }
12831
12832 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12833 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12834 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12835 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12836 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12837 are sorted first for the same address.
12838
12839 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12840 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12841
12842 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12843 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12844 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12845 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12847 {
12848 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12849 non-NULL. */
12850 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12851 b = loc->owner;
12852
12853 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12854 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12855 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12856 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12857 `struct bp_location'. */
12858 || is_tracepoint (b))
12859 {
12860 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12861 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12862 continue;
12863 }
12864
12865 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12866 if (loc->permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12867 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12868 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12869 "actually inserted"));
12870
12871 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12872 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12873 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12874 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12875 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12876 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12877 else
12878 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12879
12880 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12881 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12882 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12883 {
12884 *loc_first_p = loc;
12885 loc->duplicate = 0;
12886
12887 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12888 {
12889 loc->needs_update = 1;
12890 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12891 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12892 }
12893 continue;
12894 }
12895
12896
12897 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12898 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12899 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12900 if (loc->inserted)
12901 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12902 loc->duplicate = 1;
12903
12904 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12905 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12906
12907 if (loc->inserted && !loc->permanent
12908 && (*loc_first_p)->permanent)
12909 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12910 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12911 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12912 }
12913
12914 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12915 {
12916 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12917 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12918 else
12919 {
12920 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12921 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12922 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12923 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12924 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12925 "needs_update". */
12926 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12927 }
12928 }
12929
12930 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12931 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12932
12933 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12934 }
12935
12936 void
12937 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12938 {
12939 struct bp_location *loc;
12940 int ix;
12941
12942 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12943 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12944 {
12945 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12946 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12947 --ix;
12948 }
12949 }
12950
12951 static void
12952 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12953 {
12954 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12955
12956 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12957 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12958 }
12959
12960 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12961
12962 static void
12963 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12964 {
12965 bpstat bs;
12966
12967 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12968 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12969 {
12970 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12971 bs->old_val = NULL;
12972 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12973 }
12974 }
12975
12976 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12977 static int
12978 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12979 {
12980 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12981
12982 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12983 return 0;
12984 }
12985
12986 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12987 callbacks. */
12988
12989 static void
12990 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12991 {
12992 struct value_print_options opts;
12993
12994 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12995
12996 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12997 single string. */
12998 if (b->loc == NULL)
12999 {
13000 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
13001 }
13002 else
13003 {
13004 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
13005 {
13006 printf_filtered (" at ");
13007 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
13008 gdb_stdout);
13009 }
13010 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
13011 {
13012 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13013 more nicely. */
13014 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
13015 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13016 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
13017 b->loc->line_number);
13018 else
13019 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13020 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13021 real situation somewhat. */
13022 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
13023 }
13024
13025 if (b->loc->next)
13026 {
13027 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
13028 int n = 0;
13029 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13030 ++n;
13031 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
13032 }
13033 }
13034 }
13035
13036 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13037
13038 static void
13039 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
13040 {
13041 xfree (self->cond);
13042 if (self->cond_bytecode)
13043 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
13044 xfree (self->function_name);
13045
13046 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
13047 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
13048 }
13049
13050 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
13051 {
13052 bp_location_dtor
13053 };
13054
13055 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13056 inherit from. */
13057
13058 static void
13059 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13060 {
13061 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
13062 xfree (self->cond_string);
13063 xfree (self->extra_string);
13064 xfree (self->addr_string);
13065 xfree (self->filter);
13066 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
13067 }
13068
13069 static struct bp_location *
13070 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
13071 {
13072 struct bp_location *loc;
13073
13074 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
13075 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
13076 return loc;
13077 }
13078
13079 static void
13080 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13081 {
13082 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13083 }
13084
13085 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13086 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13087
13088 static int
13089 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13090 {
13091 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13092 }
13093
13094 static int
13095 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13096 {
13097 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13098 }
13099
13100 static int
13101 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13102 struct address_space *aspace,
13103 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13104 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13105 {
13106 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13107 }
13108
13109 static void
13110 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
13111 {
13112 /* Always stop. */
13113 }
13114
13115 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13116 errors. */
13117
13118 static int
13119 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
13120 {
13121 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13122 }
13123
13124 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13125 errors. */
13126
13127 static int
13128 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13129 {
13130 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13131 }
13132
13133 static enum print_stop_action
13134 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
13135 {
13136 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13137 }
13138
13139 static void
13140 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13141 struct ui_out *uiout)
13142 {
13143 /* nothing */
13144 }
13145
13146 static void
13147 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13148 {
13149 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13150 }
13151
13152 static void
13153 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13154 {
13155 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13156 }
13157
13158 static void
13159 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13160 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13161 enum bptype type_wanted,
13162 char *addr_start,
13163 char **copy_arg)
13164 {
13165 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13166 }
13167
13168 static void
13169 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13170 struct linespec_result *c,
13171 char *cond_string,
13172 char *extra_string,
13173 enum bptype type_wanted,
13174 enum bpdisp disposition,
13175 int thread,
13176 int task, int ignore_count,
13177 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13178 int from_tty, int enabled,
13179 int internal, unsigned flags)
13180 {
13181 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13182 }
13183
13184 static void
13185 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13186 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13187 {
13188 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13189 }
13190
13191 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13192
13193 static int
13194 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13195 {
13196 return 1;
13197 }
13198
13199 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13200
13201 static void
13202 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13203 {
13204 /* Nothing to do. */
13205 }
13206
13207 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13208 {
13209 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13210 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13211 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13212 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13213 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13214 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13215 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13216 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13217 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13218 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13219 NULL,
13220 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13221 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13222 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13223 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
13224 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13225 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
13226 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13227 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13228 };
13229
13230 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13231
13232 static void
13233 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13234 {
13235 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13236 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
13237 {
13238 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13239 delete_breakpoint (b);
13240 return;
13241 }
13242
13243 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13244 }
13245
13246 static int
13247 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13248 {
13249 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13250 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13251 else
13252 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13253 }
13254
13255 static int
13256 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13257 {
13258 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13259 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13260 else
13261 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13262 }
13263
13264 static int
13265 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13266 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13267 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13268 {
13269 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13270 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13271 return 0;
13272
13273 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13274 aspace, bp_addr))
13275 return 0;
13276
13277 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13278 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13279 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13280 return 0;
13281
13282 return 1;
13283 }
13284
13285 static int
13286 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13287 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13288 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13289 {
13290 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13291 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13292 {
13293 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13294 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13295 be set at the same address. */
13296 return 0;
13297 }
13298
13299 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13300 }
13301
13302 static int
13303 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13304 {
13305 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13306
13307 return 1;
13308 }
13309
13310 static enum print_stop_action
13311 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13312 {
13313 struct breakpoint *b;
13314 const struct bp_location *bl;
13315 int bp_temp;
13316 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13317
13318 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13319
13320 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13321 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13322
13323 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13324 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13325 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13326 bl->address,
13327 b->number, 1);
13328 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13329 if (bp_temp)
13330 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13331 else
13332 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13333 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13334 {
13335 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13336 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13337 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13338 }
13339 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13340 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13341
13342 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13343 }
13344
13345 static void
13346 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13347 {
13348 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13349 return;
13350
13351 switch (b->type)
13352 {
13353 case bp_breakpoint:
13354 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13355 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13356 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13357 else
13358 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13359 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13360 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13361 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13362 break;
13363 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13364 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13365 break;
13366 case bp_dprintf:
13367 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13368 break;
13369 }
13370
13371 say_where (b);
13372 }
13373
13374 static void
13375 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13376 {
13377 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13378 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13379 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13380 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13381 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13382 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13383 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13384 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13385 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13386 else
13387 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13388 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13389
13390 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13391 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13392 }
13393
13394 static void
13395 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13396 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13397 enum bptype type_wanted,
13398 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13399 {
13400 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13401 addr_start, copy_arg);
13402 }
13403
13404 static void
13405 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13406 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13407 char *cond_string,
13408 char *extra_string,
13409 enum bptype type_wanted,
13410 enum bpdisp disposition,
13411 int thread,
13412 int task, int ignore_count,
13413 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13414 int from_tty, int enabled,
13415 int internal, unsigned flags)
13416 {
13417 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13418 cond_string, extra_string,
13419 type_wanted,
13420 disposition, thread, task,
13421 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13422 enabled, internal, flags);
13423 }
13424
13425 static void
13426 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13427 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13428 {
13429 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13430 }
13431
13432 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13433
13434 static void
13435 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13436 {
13437 switch (b->type)
13438 {
13439 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13440 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13441 case bp_overlay_event:
13442 case bp_longjmp_master:
13443 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13444 case bp_exception_master:
13445 delete_breakpoint (b);
13446 break;
13447
13448 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13449 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13450 case bp_shlib_event:
13451
13452 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13453 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13454 case bp_thread_event:
13455 break;
13456 }
13457 }
13458
13459 static void
13460 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13461 {
13462 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13463 {
13464 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13465 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13466 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13467 objects (among other things). */
13468 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13469 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13470 }
13471 else
13472 bs->stop = 0;
13473 }
13474
13475 static enum print_stop_action
13476 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13477 {
13478 struct breakpoint *b;
13479
13480 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13481
13482 switch (b->type)
13483 {
13484 case bp_shlib_event:
13485 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13486 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13487 to shlib event" message.) */
13488 print_solib_event (0);
13489 break;
13490
13491 case bp_thread_event:
13492 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13493 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13494 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13495 break;
13496
13497 case bp_overlay_event:
13498 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13499 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13500 break;
13501
13502 case bp_longjmp_master:
13503 /* These should never be enabled. */
13504 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13505 break;
13506
13507 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13508 /* These should never be enabled. */
13509 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13510 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13511 break;
13512
13513 case bp_exception_master:
13514 /* These should never be enabled. */
13515 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13516 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13517 break;
13518 }
13519
13520 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13521 }
13522
13523 static void
13524 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13525 {
13526 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13527 }
13528
13529 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13530
13531 static void
13532 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13533 {
13534 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13535 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13536 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13537 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13538 }
13539
13540 static void
13541 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13542 {
13543 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13544 }
13545
13546 static enum print_stop_action
13547 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13548 {
13549 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13550
13551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13552 {
13553 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13554
13555 switch (b->type)
13556 {
13557 case bp_finish:
13558 ui_out_field_string
13559 (uiout, "reason",
13560 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13561 break;
13562
13563 case bp_until:
13564 ui_out_field_string
13565 (uiout, "reason",
13566 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13567 break;
13568 }
13569 }
13570
13571 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13572 }
13573
13574 static void
13575 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13576 {
13577 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13578 }
13579
13580 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13581
13582 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13583 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13584
13585 static void
13586 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13587 {
13588 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13589
13590 if (tp)
13591 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13592
13593 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13594 }
13595
13596 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13597
13598 static int
13599 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13600 {
13601 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13602
13603 if (v == 0)
13604 {
13605 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13606 if needed. */
13607 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore != NULL)
13608 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13609 bl->probe.objfile,
13610 bl->gdbarch);
13611 }
13612
13613 return v;
13614 }
13615
13616 static int
13617 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13618 {
13619 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13620 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore != NULL)
13621 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13622 bl->probe.objfile,
13623 bl->gdbarch);
13624
13625 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13626 }
13627
13628 static void
13629 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13630 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13631 enum bptype type_wanted,
13632 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13633 {
13634 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13635
13636 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13637
13638 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13639 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13640
13641 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13642 }
13643
13644 static void
13645 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13646 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13647 {
13648 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13649 if (!sals->sals)
13650 error (_("probe not found"));
13651 }
13652
13653 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13654
13655 static void
13656 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13657 {
13658 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13659 }
13660
13661 static int
13662 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13663 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13664 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13665 {
13666 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13667 tracepoints. */
13668 return 0;
13669 }
13670
13671 static void
13672 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13673 struct ui_out *uiout)
13674 {
13675 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13676 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13677 {
13678 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13679
13680 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13681 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13682 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13683 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13684 }
13685 }
13686
13687 static void
13688 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13689 {
13690 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13691 return;
13692
13693 switch (b->type)
13694 {
13695 case bp_tracepoint:
13696 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13697 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13698 break;
13699 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13700 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13701 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13702 break;
13703 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13704 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13705 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13706 break;
13707 default:
13708 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13709 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13710 }
13711
13712 say_where (b);
13713 }
13714
13715 static void
13716 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13717 {
13718 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13719
13720 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13721 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13722 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13723 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13724 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13725 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13726 else
13727 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13728 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13729
13730 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13731 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13732
13733 if (tp->pass_count)
13734 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13735 }
13736
13737 static void
13738 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13739 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13740 enum bptype type_wanted,
13741 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13742 {
13743 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13744 addr_start, copy_arg);
13745 }
13746
13747 static void
13748 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13749 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13750 char *cond_string,
13751 char *extra_string,
13752 enum bptype type_wanted,
13753 enum bpdisp disposition,
13754 int thread,
13755 int task, int ignore_count,
13756 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13757 int from_tty, int enabled,
13758 int internal, unsigned flags)
13759 {
13760 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13761 cond_string, extra_string,
13762 type_wanted,
13763 disposition, thread, task,
13764 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13765 enabled, internal, flags);
13766 }
13767
13768 static void
13769 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13770 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13771 {
13772 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13773 }
13774
13775 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13776
13777 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13778 static probe. */
13779
13780 static void
13781 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13782 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13783 enum bptype type_wanted,
13784 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13785 {
13786 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13787 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13788 addr_start, copy_arg);
13789 }
13790
13791 static void
13792 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13793 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13794 {
13795 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13796 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13797 }
13798
13799 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13800
13801 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13802
13803 static void
13804 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13805 {
13806 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13807
13808 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13809 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13810 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13811 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13812 resolved. */
13813 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13814 error (_("Format string required"));
13815
13816 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13817 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13818 3 - disconnect from target 1
13819 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13820
13821 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13822 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13823 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13824 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13825 it all the time. */
13826 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13827 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13828 }
13829
13830 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13831
13832 static void
13833 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13834 {
13835 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13836 tp->extra_string);
13837 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13838 }
13839
13840 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13841 dprintf.
13842
13843 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13844 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13845 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13846 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13847 address are all handled. */
13848
13849 static void
13850 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13851 {
13852 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13853 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13854 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13855
13856 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13857 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13858 condition not be evaluated. */
13859 bs->stop = 0;
13860
13861 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13862 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13863 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13864 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13865 commands here throws. */
13866 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13867 bs->commands = NULL;
13868 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13869
13870 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13871
13872 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13873 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13874 list. */
13875 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13876 }
13877
13878 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13879 markers (`-m'). */
13880
13881 static void
13882 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13883 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13884 enum bptype type_wanted,
13885 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13886 {
13887 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13888
13889 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13890
13891 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13892
13893 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13894 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13895 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13896 }
13897
13898 static void
13899 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13900 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13901 char *cond_string,
13902 char *extra_string,
13903 enum bptype type_wanted,
13904 enum bpdisp disposition,
13905 int thread,
13906 int task, int ignore_count,
13907 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13908 int from_tty, int enabled,
13909 int internal, unsigned flags)
13910 {
13911 int i;
13912 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13913 canonical->sals, 0);
13914
13915 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13916 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13917 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13918 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13919 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13920 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13921
13922 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13923 {
13924 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13925 struct tracepoint *tp;
13926 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13927 char *addr_string;
13928
13929 expanded.nelts = 1;
13930 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13931
13932 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13933 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13934
13935 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13936 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13937 addr_string, NULL,
13938 cond_string, extra_string,
13939 type_wanted, disposition,
13940 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13941 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13942 canonical->special_display);
13943 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13944 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13945 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13946 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13947 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13948 corresponds to this one */
13949 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13950
13951 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13952
13953 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13954 }
13955 }
13956
13957 static void
13958 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13959 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13960 {
13961 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13962
13963 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13964 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13965 {
13966 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13967 sals->nelts = 1;
13968 }
13969 else
13970 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13971 }
13972
13973 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13974
13975 static int
13976 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13977 {
13978 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13979 }
13980
13981 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13982 structures. */
13983
13984 void
13985 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13986 {
13987 struct breakpoint *b;
13988
13989 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13990
13991 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13992 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13993 especial culprits.
13994
13995 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13996 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13997 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13998 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13999 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
14000 deleted.
14001
14002 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
14003 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
14004 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
14005 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
14006 was chosen. */
14007 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
14008 return;
14009
14010 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
14011 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
14012 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
14013 {
14014 struct breakpoint *related;
14015 struct watchpoint *w;
14016
14017 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14018 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
14019 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14020 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14021 else
14022 w = NULL;
14023 if (w != NULL)
14024 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
14025
14026 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14027 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
14028 related = related->related_breakpoint);
14029 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
14030 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
14031 }
14032
14033 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14034 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14035 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14036 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14037 if (bpt->number)
14038 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
14039
14040 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
14041 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
14042
14043 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14044 if (b->next == bpt)
14045 {
14046 b->next = bpt->next;
14047 break;
14048 }
14049
14050 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14051 been freed. */
14052 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14053 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14054 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14055 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14056 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14057 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14058 commands won't work. */
14059
14060 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
14061
14062 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14063 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14064 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14065 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14066 might be better design to have location completely
14067 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14068 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14069
14070 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
14071 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14072 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14073 bpt->type = bp_none;
14074 xfree (bpt);
14075 }
14076
14077 static void
14078 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
14079 {
14080 delete_breakpoint (b);
14081 }
14082
14083 struct cleanup *
14084 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
14085 {
14086 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
14087 }
14088
14089 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14090 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14091
14092 static void
14093 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
14094 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14095 void *),
14096 void *data)
14097 {
14098 struct breakpoint *related;
14099
14100 related = b;
14101 do
14102 {
14103 struct breakpoint *next;
14104
14105 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14106 next = related->related_breakpoint;
14107
14108 if (next == related)
14109 {
14110 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14111 function (related, data);
14112
14113 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14114 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14115 out. */
14116 break;
14117 }
14118 else
14119 function (related, data);
14120
14121 related = next;
14122 }
14123 while (related != b);
14124 }
14125
14126 static void
14127 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14128 {
14129 delete_breakpoint (b);
14130 }
14131
14132 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14133 delete_breakpoint. */
14134
14135 static void
14136 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14137 {
14138 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14139 }
14140
14141 void
14142 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14143 {
14144 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14145
14146 dont_repeat ();
14147
14148 if (arg == 0)
14149 {
14150 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14151
14152 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14153 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14154 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14155 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14156 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14157 {
14158 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14159 break;
14160 }
14161
14162 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14163 if (!from_tty
14164 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14165 {
14166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14167 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14168 delete_breakpoint (b);
14169 }
14170 }
14171 else
14172 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14173 }
14174
14175 static int
14176 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
14177 {
14178 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
14179 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
14180 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14181 return 0;
14182 return 1;
14183 }
14184
14185 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14186 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14187 Null names are ignored. */
14188
14189 static int
14190 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14191 {
14192 struct bp_location *l;
14193 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14194 (int (*) (const void *,
14195 const void *)) streq,
14196 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14197
14198 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14199 {
14200 const char **slot;
14201 const char *name = l->function_name;
14202
14203 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14204 if (name == NULL)
14205 continue;
14206
14207 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14208 INSERT);
14209 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14210 returns NULL. */
14211 if (*slot != NULL)
14212 {
14213 htab_delete (htab);
14214 return 1;
14215 }
14216 *slot = name;
14217 }
14218
14219 htab_delete (htab);
14220 return 0;
14221 }
14222
14223 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14224 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14225 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14226 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14227 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14228 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14229 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14230 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14231 The heuristic is:
14232
14233 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14234 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14235 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14236 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14237 in the sources, and output a warning.
14238
14239 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14240 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14241 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14242 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14243 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14244 warning.
14245
14246 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14247 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14248 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14249 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14250 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14251 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14252 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14253 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14254 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14255
14256 static struct symtab_and_line
14257 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14258 {
14259 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14260 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14261 CORE_ADDR pc;
14262
14263 pc = sal.pc;
14264 if (sal.line)
14265 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14266
14267 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14268 {
14269 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14270 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14271 b->number,
14272 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14273
14274 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14275 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14276 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14277
14278 return sal;
14279 }
14280
14281 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14282 by string ID. */
14283 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14284 && sal.line != 0
14285 && sal.symtab != NULL
14286 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14287 {
14288 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14289
14290 markers
14291 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14292
14293 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14294 {
14295 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14296 struct symbol *sym;
14297 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14298 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14299
14300 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14301
14302 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14303 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14304
14305 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14306 "found at previous line number"),
14307 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14308
14309 init_sal (&sal2);
14310
14311 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14312
14313 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14314 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14315 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14316 if (sym)
14317 {
14318 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14319 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14320 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14321 }
14322 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14323 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14324 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14325
14326 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14327 {
14328 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14329
14330 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14331 }
14332
14333 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14334 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14335
14336 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14337 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14338
14339 xfree (b->addr_string);
14340 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14341 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14342 b->loc->line_number);
14343
14344 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14345 so. */
14346
14347 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14348 }
14349 }
14350 return sal;
14351 }
14352
14353 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14354 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14355
14356 static int
14357 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14358 {
14359 while (a && b)
14360 {
14361 if (a->address != b->address)
14362 return 0;
14363
14364 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14365 return 0;
14366
14367 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14368 return 0;
14369
14370 a = a->next;
14371 b = b->next;
14372 }
14373
14374 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14375 return 0;
14376
14377 return 1;
14378 }
14379
14380 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14381 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14382 a ranged breakpoint. */
14383
14384 void
14385 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14386 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14387 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14388 {
14389 int i;
14390 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14391
14392 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14393 {
14394 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14395 location. */
14396 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14397 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14398 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14399 "multiple locations found\n"),
14400 b->number);
14401 return;
14402 }
14403
14404 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14405 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14406 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14407 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14408 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14409 individual locations. */
14410 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14411 return;
14412
14413 b->loc = NULL;
14414
14415 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14416 {
14417 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14418
14419 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14420
14421 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14422
14423 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14424 old symtab. */
14425 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14426 {
14427 const char *s;
14428 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14429
14430 s = b->cond_string;
14431 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14432 {
14433 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14434 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14435 0);
14436 }
14437 if (e.reason < 0)
14438 {
14439 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14440 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14441 b->number, e.message);
14442 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14443 }
14444 }
14445
14446 if (sals_end.nelts)
14447 {
14448 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14449
14450 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14451 }
14452 }
14453
14454 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14455 breakpoints. */
14456 {
14457 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14458 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14459 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14460 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14461 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14462 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14463 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14464
14465 for (; e; e = e->next)
14466 {
14467 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14468 {
14469 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14470 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14471 {
14472 for (; l; l = l->next)
14473 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14474 {
14475 l->enabled = 0;
14476 break;
14477 }
14478 }
14479 else
14480 {
14481 for (; l; l = l->next)
14482 if (l->function_name
14483 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14484 {
14485 l->enabled = 0;
14486 break;
14487 }
14488 }
14489 }
14490 }
14491 }
14492
14493 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14494 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14495
14496 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14497 }
14498
14499 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14500 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14501
14502 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14503 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14504 {
14505 char *s;
14506 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14507 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14508
14509 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14510 s = addr_string;
14511
14512 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14513 {
14514 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14515 }
14516 if (e.reason < 0)
14517 {
14518 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14519 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14520 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14521 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14522 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14523 state, then user already saw the message about that
14524 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14525 errors. */
14526 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14527 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14528 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14529 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14530 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14531 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14532
14533 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14534 {
14535 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14536 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14537 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14538 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14539 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14540 which approach is better. */
14541 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14542 throw_exception (e);
14543 }
14544 }
14545
14546 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14547 {
14548 int i;
14549
14550 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14551 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14552 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14553 {
14554 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14555 int thread, task;
14556
14557 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14558 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14559 &extra_string);
14560 if (cond_string)
14561 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14562 b->thread = thread;
14563 b->task = task;
14564 if (extra_string)
14565 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14566 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14567 }
14568
14569 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14570 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14571
14572 *found = 1;
14573 }
14574 else
14575 *found = 0;
14576
14577 return sals;
14578 }
14579
14580 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14581 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14582 locations. */
14583
14584 static void
14585 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14586 {
14587 int found;
14588 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14589 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14590 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14591
14592 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14593 if (found)
14594 {
14595 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14596 expanded = sals;
14597 }
14598
14599 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14600 {
14601 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14602 if (found)
14603 {
14604 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14605 expanded_end = sals_end;
14606 }
14607 }
14608
14609 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14610 }
14611
14612 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14613 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14614
14615 static void
14616 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14617 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14618 enum bptype type_wanted,
14619 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14620 {
14621 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14622 }
14623
14624 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14625 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14626 breakpoint_ops. */
14627
14628 static void
14629 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14630 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14631 char *cond_string,
14632 char *extra_string,
14633 enum bptype type_wanted,
14634 enum bpdisp disposition,
14635 int thread,
14636 int task, int ignore_count,
14637 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14638 int from_tty, int enabled,
14639 int internal, unsigned flags)
14640 {
14641 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14642 extra_string,
14643 type_wanted, disposition,
14644 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14645 enabled, internal, flags);
14646 }
14647
14648 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14649 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14650
14651 static void
14652 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14653 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14654 {
14655 struct linespec_result canonical;
14656
14657 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14658 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14659 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14660 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14661 b->filter);
14662
14663 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14664 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14665
14666 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14667 {
14668 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14669
14670 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14671 *sals = lsal->sals;
14672 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14673 contents. */
14674 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14675 }
14676
14677 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14678 }
14679
14680 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14681
14682 static struct cleanup *
14683 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14684 {
14685 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14686
14687 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14688 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14689 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14690 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14691 set_language (b->language);
14692
14693 return cleanups;
14694 }
14695
14696 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14697 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14698 Unused in this case. */
14699
14700 static int
14701 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14702 {
14703 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14704 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14705 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14706
14707 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14708 b->ops->re_set (b);
14709 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14710 return 0;
14711 }
14712
14713 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14714 void
14715 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14716 {
14717 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14718 enum language save_language;
14719 int save_input_radix;
14720 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14721
14722 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14723 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14724 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14725
14726 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14727 {
14728 /* Format possible error msg. */
14729 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14730 b->number);
14731 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14732 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14733 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14734 }
14735 set_language (save_language);
14736 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14737
14738 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14739
14740 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14741
14742 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14743 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14744 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14745 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14746 }
14747 \f
14748 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14749
14750 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14751 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14752 void
14753 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14754 {
14755 if (b->thread != -1)
14756 {
14757 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14758 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14759
14760 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14761 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14762 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14763 as well. */
14764 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14765 }
14766 }
14767
14768 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14769 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14770 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14771
14772 void
14773 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14774 {
14775 struct breakpoint *b;
14776
14777 if (count < 0)
14778 count = 0;
14779
14780 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14781 if (b->number == bptnum)
14782 {
14783 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14784 {
14785 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14786 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14787 bptnum);
14788 return;
14789 }
14790
14791 b->ignore_count = count;
14792 if (from_tty)
14793 {
14794 if (count == 0)
14795 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14796 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14797 bptnum);
14798 else if (count == 1)
14799 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14800 bptnum);
14801 else
14802 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14803 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14804 count, bptnum);
14805 }
14806 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14807 return;
14808 }
14809
14810 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14811 }
14812
14813 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14814
14815 static void
14816 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14817 {
14818 char *p = args;
14819 int num;
14820
14821 if (p == 0)
14822 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14823
14824 num = get_number (&p);
14825 if (num == 0)
14826 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14827 if (*p == 0)
14828 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14829
14830 set_ignore_count (num,
14831 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14832 from_tty);
14833 if (from_tty)
14834 printf_filtered ("\n");
14835 }
14836 \f
14837 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14838 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14839
14840 static void
14841 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14842 void *),
14843 void *data)
14844 {
14845 int num;
14846 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14847 int match;
14848 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14849
14850 if (args == 0)
14851 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14852
14853 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14854
14855 while (!state.finished)
14856 {
14857 const char *p = state.string;
14858
14859 match = 0;
14860
14861 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14862 if (num == 0)
14863 {
14864 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14865 }
14866 else
14867 {
14868 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14869 if (b->number == num)
14870 {
14871 match = 1;
14872 function (b, data);
14873 break;
14874 }
14875 if (match == 0)
14876 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14877 }
14878 }
14879 }
14880
14881 static struct bp_location *
14882 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14883 {
14884 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14885 char *p1;
14886 int bp_num;
14887 int loc_num;
14888 struct breakpoint *b;
14889 struct bp_location *loc;
14890
14891 *dot = '\0';
14892
14893 p1 = number;
14894 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14895 if (bp_num == 0)
14896 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14897
14898 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14899 if (b->number == bp_num)
14900 {
14901 break;
14902 }
14903
14904 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14905 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14906
14907 p1 = dot+1;
14908 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14909 if (loc_num == 0)
14910 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14911
14912 --loc_num;
14913 loc = b->loc;
14914 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14915 ;
14916 if (!loc)
14917 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14918
14919 return loc;
14920 }
14921
14922
14923 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14924 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14925 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14926
14927 void
14928 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14929 {
14930 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14931 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14932 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14933 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14934 return;
14935
14936 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14937
14938 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14939 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14940
14941 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14942 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14943 {
14944 struct bp_location *location;
14945
14946 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14947 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14948 }
14949
14950 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14951
14952 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14953 }
14954
14955 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14956
14957 static void
14958 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14959 {
14960 disable_breakpoint (b);
14961 }
14962
14963 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14964 disable_breakpoint. */
14965
14966 static void
14967 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14968 {
14969 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14970 }
14971
14972 static void
14973 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14974 {
14975 if (args == 0)
14976 {
14977 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14978
14979 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14980 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14981 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14982 }
14983 else
14984 {
14985 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14986
14987 while (num)
14988 {
14989 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14990 {
14991 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14992
14993 if (loc)
14994 {
14995 if (loc->enabled)
14996 {
14997 loc->enabled = 0;
14998 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14999 }
15000 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15001 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15002 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15003 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
15004 }
15005 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
15006 }
15007 else
15008 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
15009 num = extract_arg (&args);
15010 }
15011 }
15012 }
15013
15014 static void
15015 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
15016 int count)
15017 {
15018 int target_resources_ok;
15019
15020 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
15021 {
15022 int i;
15023 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15024 target_resources_ok =
15025 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
15026 i + 1, 0);
15027 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
15028 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15029 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
15030 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15031 }
15032
15033 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
15034 {
15035 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15036 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
15037 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
15038
15039 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15040 {
15041 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
15042
15043 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
15044 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15045 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
15046 }
15047 if (e.reason < 0)
15048 {
15049 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
15050 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15051 bpt->number);
15052 return;
15053 }
15054 }
15055
15056 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15057
15058 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15059 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15060
15061 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15062 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15063 {
15064 struct bp_location *location;
15065
15066 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15067 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
15068 }
15069
15070 bpt->disposition = disposition;
15071 bpt->enable_count = count;
15072 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15073
15074 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15075 }
15076
15077
15078 void
15079 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15080 {
15081 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
15082 }
15083
15084 static void
15085 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15086 {
15087 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15088 }
15089
15090 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15091 enable_breakpoint. */
15092
15093 static void
15094 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15095 {
15096 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15097 }
15098
15099 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15100 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15101 in stopping the inferior. */
15102
15103 static void
15104 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15105 {
15106 if (args == 0)
15107 {
15108 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15109
15110 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15111 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15112 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15113 }
15114 else
15115 {
15116 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15117
15118 while (num)
15119 {
15120 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15121 {
15122 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15123
15124 if (loc)
15125 {
15126 if (!loc->enabled)
15127 {
15128 loc->enabled = 1;
15129 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15130 }
15131 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15132 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15133 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15134 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15135 }
15136 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15137 }
15138 else
15139 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15140 num = extract_arg (&args);
15141 }
15142 }
15143 }
15144
15145 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15146 breakpoints. */
15147
15148 struct disp_data
15149 {
15150 enum bpdisp disp;
15151 int count;
15152 };
15153
15154 static void
15155 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15156 {
15157 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15158
15159 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15160 }
15161
15162 static void
15163 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15164 {
15165 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15166
15167 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15168 }
15169
15170 static void
15171 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15172 {
15173 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15174 }
15175
15176 static void
15177 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15178 {
15179 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15180
15181 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15182 }
15183
15184 static void
15185 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15186 {
15187 int count = get_number (&args);
15188
15189 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15190 }
15191
15192 static void
15193 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15194 {
15195 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15196
15197 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15198 }
15199
15200 static void
15201 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15202 {
15203 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15204 }
15205 \f
15206 static void
15207 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15208 {
15209 }
15210
15211 static void
15212 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15213 {
15214 }
15215
15216 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15217 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15218 GDB itself. */
15219
15220 static void
15221 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15222 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15223 const bfd_byte *data)
15224 {
15225 struct breakpoint *bp;
15226
15227 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15228 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15229 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15230 {
15231 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15232
15233 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15234 {
15235 struct bp_location *loc;
15236
15237 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15238 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15239 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15240 && addr + len > loc->address)
15241 {
15242 value_free (wp->val);
15243 wp->val = NULL;
15244 wp->val_valid = 0;
15245 }
15246 }
15247 }
15248 }
15249
15250 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15251
15252 void
15253 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15254 struct address_space *aspace,
15255 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
15256 {
15257 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
15258 struct symtab_and_line sal;
15259 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
15260
15261 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
15262 {
15263 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
15264 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->num, gdbarch);
15265 }
15266
15267 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
15268 sal.pc = pc;
15269 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
15270 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
15271 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
15272
15273 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
15274 }
15275
15276 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15277
15278 int
15279 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
15280 struct address_space *aspace,
15281 CORE_ADDR pc)
15282 {
15283 struct bp_location *loc;
15284
15285 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15286 if (loc->inserted
15287 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
15288 return 1;
15289
15290 return 0;
15291 }
15292
15293 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15294 PC. */
15295
15296 int
15297 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15298 CORE_ADDR pc)
15299 {
15300 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15301
15302 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15303 {
15304 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
15305 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
15306 return 1;
15307 }
15308 return 0;
15309 }
15310
15311 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15312 non-zero otherwise. */
15313 static int
15314 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15315 {
15316 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15317 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15318 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15319 return 1;
15320 else
15321 return 0;
15322 }
15323
15324 int
15325 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15326 {
15327 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15328 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15329
15330 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15331 }
15332
15333 int
15334 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15335 {
15336 struct breakpoint *bp;
15337
15338 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15339 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15340 {
15341 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15342
15343 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15344 {
15345 int i, iter;
15346 for (i = 0;
15347 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15348 i++)
15349 if (syscall_number == iter)
15350 return 1;
15351 }
15352 else
15353 return 1;
15354 }
15355
15356 return 0;
15357 }
15358
15359 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15360 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15361 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15362 const char *text, const char *word)
15363 {
15364 const char **list = get_syscall_names (get_current_arch ());
15365 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15366 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15367
15368 xfree (list);
15369 return retlist;
15370 }
15371
15372 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15373
15374 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15375 static void
15376 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15377 {
15378 tracepoint_count = num;
15379 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15380 }
15381
15382 static void
15383 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15384 {
15385 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15386 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15387
15388 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15389 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15390 else
15391 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15392
15393 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15394 arg,
15395 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15396 0 /* tempflag */,
15397 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15398 0 /* Ignore count */,
15399 pending_break_support,
15400 ops,
15401 from_tty,
15402 1 /* enabled */,
15403 0 /* internal */, 0);
15404 }
15405
15406 static void
15407 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15408 {
15409 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15410 arg,
15411 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15412 0 /* tempflag */,
15413 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15414 0 /* Ignore count */,
15415 pending_break_support,
15416 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15417 from_tty,
15418 1 /* enabled */,
15419 0 /* internal */, 0);
15420 }
15421
15422 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15423
15424 static void
15425 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15426 {
15427 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15428
15429 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15430 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15431 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15432 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15433 else
15434 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15435
15436 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15437 arg,
15438 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15439 0 /* tempflag */,
15440 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15441 0 /* Ignore count */,
15442 pending_break_support,
15443 ops,
15444 from_tty,
15445 1 /* enabled */,
15446 0 /* internal */, 0);
15447 }
15448
15449 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15450 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15451
15452 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15453 static int next_cmd;
15454
15455 static char *
15456 read_uploaded_action (void)
15457 {
15458 char *rslt;
15459
15460 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15461
15462 next_cmd++;
15463
15464 return rslt;
15465 }
15466
15467 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15468 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15469 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15470 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15471 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15472
15473 struct tracepoint *
15474 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15475 {
15476 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15477 struct tracepoint *tp;
15478
15479 if (utp->at_string)
15480 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15481 else
15482 {
15483 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15484 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15485 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15486 user. */
15487 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15488 "source location, using raw address"),
15489 utp->number);
15490 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15491 addr_str = small_buf;
15492 }
15493
15494 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15495 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15496 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15497 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15498 utp->number);
15499
15500 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15501 addr_str,
15502 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15503 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15504 0 /* tempflag */,
15505 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15506 0 /* Ignore count */,
15507 pending_break_support,
15508 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15509 0 /* from_tty */,
15510 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15511 0 /* internal */,
15512 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15513 return NULL;
15514
15515 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15516 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15517 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15518
15519 if (utp->pass > 0)
15520 {
15521 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15522 tp->base.number);
15523
15524 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15525 }
15526
15527 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15528 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15529 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15530 function. */
15531 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15532 {
15533 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15534
15535 this_utp = utp;
15536 next_cmd = 0;
15537
15538 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15539
15540 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15541 }
15542 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15543 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15544 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15545 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15546 utp->number);
15547
15548 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15549 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15550 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15551
15552 return tp;
15553 }
15554
15555 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15556 omitted. */
15557
15558 static void
15559 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15560 {
15561 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15562 int num_printed;
15563
15564 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15565
15566 if (num_printed == 0)
15567 {
15568 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15569 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15570 else
15571 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15572 }
15573
15574 default_collect_info ();
15575 }
15576
15577 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15578 Not supported by all targets. */
15579 static void
15580 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15581 {
15582 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15583 }
15584
15585 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15586 Not supported by all targets. */
15587 static void
15588 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15589 {
15590 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15591 }
15592
15593 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15594 static void
15595 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15596 {
15597 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15598
15599 dont_repeat ();
15600
15601 if (arg == 0)
15602 {
15603 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15604
15605 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15606 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15607 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15608 argument. */
15609 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15610 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15611 {
15612 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15613 break;
15614 }
15615
15616 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15617 if (!from_tty
15618 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15619 {
15620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15621 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15622 delete_breakpoint (b);
15623 }
15624 }
15625 else
15626 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15627 }
15628
15629 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15630
15631 static void
15632 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15633 {
15634 tp->pass_count = count;
15635 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15636 if (from_tty)
15637 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15638 tp->base.number, count);
15639 }
15640
15641 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15642
15643 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15644 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15645 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15646
15647 static void
15648 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15649 {
15650 struct tracepoint *t1;
15651 unsigned int count;
15652
15653 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15654 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15655 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15656
15657 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15658
15659 args = skip_spaces (args);
15660 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15661 {
15662 struct breakpoint *b;
15663
15664 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15665 if (*args)
15666 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15667
15668 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15669 {
15670 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15671 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15672 }
15673 }
15674 else if (*args == '\0')
15675 {
15676 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15677 if (t1)
15678 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15679 }
15680 else
15681 {
15682 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15683
15684 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15685 while (!state.finished)
15686 {
15687 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15688 if (t1)
15689 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15690 }
15691 }
15692 }
15693
15694 struct tracepoint *
15695 get_tracepoint (int num)
15696 {
15697 struct breakpoint *t;
15698
15699 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15700 if (t->number == num)
15701 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15702
15703 return NULL;
15704 }
15705
15706 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15707 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15708 reconnecting). */
15709
15710 struct tracepoint *
15711 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15712 {
15713 struct breakpoint *b;
15714
15715 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15716 {
15717 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15718
15719 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15720 return t;
15721 }
15722
15723 return NULL;
15724 }
15725
15726 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15727 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15728 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15729 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15730
15731 struct tracepoint *
15732 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15733 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15734 {
15735 struct breakpoint *t;
15736 int tpnum;
15737 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15738
15739 if (state)
15740 {
15741 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15742 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15743 }
15744 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15745 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15746 else
15747 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15748
15749 if (tpnum <= 0)
15750 {
15751 if (instring && *instring)
15752 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15753 instring);
15754 else
15755 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15756 return NULL;
15757 }
15758
15759 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15760 if (t->number == tpnum)
15761 {
15762 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15763 }
15764
15765 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15766 return NULL;
15767 }
15768
15769 void
15770 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15771 {
15772 if (b->thread != -1)
15773 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15774
15775 if (b->task != 0)
15776 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15777
15778 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15779 }
15780
15781 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15782 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15783 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15784 non-zero. */
15785
15786 static void
15787 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15788 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15789 {
15790 struct breakpoint *tp;
15791 int any = 0;
15792 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15793 struct ui_file *fp;
15794 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15795
15796 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15797 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15798
15799 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15800 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15801 {
15802 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15803 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15804 continue;
15805
15806 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15807 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15808 continue;
15809
15810 any = 1;
15811
15812 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15813 {
15814 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15815
15816 /* We can stop searching. */
15817 break;
15818 }
15819 }
15820
15821 if (!any)
15822 {
15823 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15824 return;
15825 }
15826
15827 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15828 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15829 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15830 if (!fp)
15831 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15832 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15833 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15834
15835 if (extra_trace_bits)
15836 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15837
15838 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15839 {
15840 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15841 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15842 continue;
15843
15844 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15845 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15846 continue;
15847
15848 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15849
15850 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15851 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15852 instead. */
15853
15854 if (tp->cond_string)
15855 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15856
15857 if (tp->ignore_count)
15858 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15859
15860 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15861 {
15862 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15863
15864 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15865
15866 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15867 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15868 {
15869 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15870 }
15871 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15872
15873 if (ex.reason < 0)
15874 throw_exception (ex);
15875
15876 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15877 }
15878
15879 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum\n");
15881
15882 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15883 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15884 special, and not user visible. */
15885 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15886 {
15887 struct bp_location *loc;
15888 int n = 1;
15889
15890 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15891 if (!loc->enabled)
15892 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15893 }
15894 }
15895
15896 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15897 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15898
15899 if (from_tty)
15900 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15901 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15902 }
15903
15904 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15905
15906 static void
15907 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15908 {
15909 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15910 }
15911
15912 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15913
15914 static void
15915 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15916 {
15917 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15918 }
15919
15920 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15921
15922 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15923 all_tracepoints (void)
15924 {
15925 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15926 struct breakpoint *tp;
15927
15928 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15929 {
15930 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15931 }
15932
15933 return tp_vec;
15934 }
15935
15936 \f
15937 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15938 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15939 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15940 command. */
15941 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15942 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15943 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15944 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15945 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15946 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15947 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15948 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15949 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15950 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15951 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15952 \n\
15953 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15954 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15955 \n\
15956 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15957 conditions are different.\n\
15958 \n\
15959 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15960
15961 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15962 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15963
15964 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15965 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15966
15967 void
15968 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15969 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15970 completer_ftype *completer,
15971 void *user_data_catch,
15972 void *user_data_tcatch)
15973 {
15974 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15975
15976 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15977 &catch_cmdlist);
15978 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15979 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15980 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15981
15982 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15983 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15984 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15985 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15986 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15987 }
15988
15989 static void
15990 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15991 {
15992 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15993 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15994
15995 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15996 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15997 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15998 }
15999
16000 static void
16001 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
16002 {
16003 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16004 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16005 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
16006 }
16007
16008 struct breakpoint *
16009 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
16010 void *data)
16011 {
16012 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
16013
16014 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
16015 {
16016 if ((*callback) (b, data))
16017 return b;
16018 }
16019
16020 return NULL;
16021 }
16022
16023 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16024 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16025
16026 static int
16027 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
16028 {
16029 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16030 non-inline function. */
16031 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
16032 return 1;
16033
16034 return 0;
16035 }
16036
16037 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16038 have been inlined. */
16039
16040 int
16041 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
16042 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
16043 {
16044 struct breakpoint *b;
16045 struct bp_location *bl;
16046
16047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
16048 {
16049 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
16050 continue;
16051
16052 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
16053 {
16054 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
16055 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
16056 return 1;
16057 }
16058 }
16059
16060 return 0;
16061 }
16062
16063 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16064
16065 void
16066 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
16067 {
16068 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
16069
16070 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
16071 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
16072 loc->symtab = NULL;
16073 }
16074
16075 void
16076 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16077 {
16078 static int initialized = 0;
16079
16080 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
16081
16082 if (initialized)
16083 return;
16084 initialized = 1;
16085
16086 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16087 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16088 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16089 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16090 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16091 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16092 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
16093 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
16094 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
16095 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
16096 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
16097 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
16098
16099 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16100 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16101 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16102 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16103 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16104 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16105 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16106 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16107
16108 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16109 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16110 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16111 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16112 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16113 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16114 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16115 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16116 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16117 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16118
16119 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16120 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16121 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16122 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16123 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16124 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16125 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16126
16127 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16128 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16129 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16130 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16131 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16132 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16133 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16134
16135 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16136 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16137 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16138 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16139
16140 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16141 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16142 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16143 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16144 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16145 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16146 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16147
16148 /* Watchpoints. */
16149 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16150 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16151 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16152 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16153 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16154 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16155 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16156 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16157 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16158 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16159 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16160 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16161 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16162 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16163
16164 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16165 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16166 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16167 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16168 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16169 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16170 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16171 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16172 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16173 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16174 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16175
16176 /* Tracepoints. */
16177 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16178 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16179 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16180 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16181 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16182 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16183 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16184 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16185 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16186 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16187
16188 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16189 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16190 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16191 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16192 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16193
16194 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16195 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16196 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16197 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16198 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16199 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16200
16201 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16202 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16203 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16204 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16205 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16206 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16207 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16208 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16209 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16210 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16211
16212 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16213 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16214 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16215 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16216 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16217 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16218 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16219 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16220 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16221 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16222
16223 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16224 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16225 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16226 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16227 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16228 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16229 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16230 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16231 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16232 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16233 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16234
16235 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16236 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16237 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16238 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16239 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16240 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16241 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16242 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16243 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16244 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16245 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16246
16247 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16248 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16249 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16250 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16251 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16252 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16253 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16254 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16255 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16256 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16257 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16258 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16259
16260 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16261 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16262 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16263 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16264 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16265 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16266 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16267 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16268 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16269 }
16270
16271 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16272
16273 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16274
16275 void
16276 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16277 {
16278 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16279
16280 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16281
16282 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16283 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16284 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16285 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16286
16287 breakpoint_objfile_key
16288 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16289
16290 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16291 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16292 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16293
16294 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16295 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16296 before a breakpoint is set. */
16297 breakpoint_count = 0;
16298
16299 tracepoint_count = 0;
16300
16301 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16302 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16303 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16304 if (xdb_commands)
16305 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16306
16307 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16308 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16309 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16310 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16311 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16312 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16313 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16314 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16315
16316 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16317 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16318 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16319 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16320 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16321
16322 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16323 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16324 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16325 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16326 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16327 \n"
16328 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16329 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16330
16331 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16332 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16333 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16334 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16335 \n"
16336 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16337 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16338
16339 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16340 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16341 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16342 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16343 \n"
16344 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16345 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16346
16347 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16348 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16349 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16350 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16351 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16352 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16353 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16354 if (xdb_commands)
16355 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16356 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16357 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16358 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16359 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16360 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16361
16362 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16363
16364 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16365 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16366 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16367 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16368 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16369 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16370
16371 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16372 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16373 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16374 &enablebreaklist);
16375
16376 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16377 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16378 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16379 &enablebreaklist);
16380
16381 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16382 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16383 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16384 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16385 &enablebreaklist);
16386
16387 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16388 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16389 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16390 &enablelist);
16391
16392 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16393 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16394 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16395 &enablelist);
16396
16397 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16398 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16399 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16400 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16401 &enablelist);
16402
16403 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16404 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16405 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16406 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16407 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16408 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16409 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16410 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16411 if (xdb_commands)
16412 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16413 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16414 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16415 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16416 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16417
16418 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16419 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16420 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16421 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16422 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16423 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16424 &disablelist);
16425
16426 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16427 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16428 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16429 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16430 \n\
16431 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16432 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16433 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16434 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16435 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16436 if (xdb_commands)
16437 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16438 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16439 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16440 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16441
16442 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16443 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16444 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16445 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16446 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16447 &deletelist);
16448
16449 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16450 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16451 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16452 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16453 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16454 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16455 \n\
16456 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16457 is executing in.\n\
16458 \n\
16459 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16460 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16461
16462 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16463 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16464 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16465 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16466
16467 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16468 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16469 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16470 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16471
16472 if (xdb_commands)
16473 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16474
16475 if (dbx_commands)
16476 {
16477 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16478 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16479 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16480 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16481 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16482 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16483 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16484 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16485 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16486 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16487 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16488 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16489 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16490 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16491 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16492 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16493 \n\
16494 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16495 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16496 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16497 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16498 breakpoint set."));
16499 }
16500
16501 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16502 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16503 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16504 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16505 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16506 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16507 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16508 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16509 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16510 \n\
16511 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16512 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16513 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16514 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16515 breakpoint set."));
16516
16517 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16518
16519 if (xdb_commands)
16520 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16521 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16522 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16523 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16524 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16525 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16526 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16527 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16528 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16529 \n\
16530 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16531 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16532 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16533 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16534 breakpoint set."));
16535
16536 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16537 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16538 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16539 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16540 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16541 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16542 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16543 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16544 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16545 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16546 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16547 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16548 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16549 \n\
16550 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16551 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16552 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16553 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16554 breakpoint set."),
16555 &maintenanceinfolist);
16556
16557 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16558 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16559 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16560 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16561
16562 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16563 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16564 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16565 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16566
16567 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16568 catch_fork_command_1,
16569 NULL,
16570 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16571 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16572 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16573 catch_fork_command_1,
16574 NULL,
16575 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16576 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16577 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16578 catch_exec_command_1,
16579 NULL,
16580 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16581 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16582 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16583 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16584 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16585 catch_load_command_1,
16586 NULL,
16587 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16588 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16589 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16590 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16591 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16592 catch_unload_command_1,
16593 NULL,
16594 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16595 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16596 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16597 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16598 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16599 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16600 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16601 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16602 catch_syscall_command_1,
16603 catch_syscall_completer,
16604 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16605 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16606
16607 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16608 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16609 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16610 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16611 an expression changes.\n\
16612 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16613 the memory to which it refers."));
16614 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16615
16616 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16617 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16618 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16619 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16620 an expression is read.\n\
16621 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16622 the memory to which it refers."));
16623 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16624
16625 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16626 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16627 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16628 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16629 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16630 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16631 the memory to which it refers."));
16632 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16633
16634 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16635 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16636
16637 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16638 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16639 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16640 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16641 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16642 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16643 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16644 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16645 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16646 hardware.)"),
16647 NULL,
16648 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16649 &setlist, &showlist);
16650
16651 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16652
16653 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16654
16655 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16656 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16657 \n"
16658 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16659 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16660 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16661
16662 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16663 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16664 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16665 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16666
16667 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16668 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16669 \n"
16670 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16671 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16672 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16673
16674 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16675 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16676 \n\
16677 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16678 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16679 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16680 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16681 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16682 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16683 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16684 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16685 the selected stack frame.\n\
16686 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16687 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16688 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16689 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16690 \n\
16691 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16692 \n\
16693 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16694 conditions are different.\n\
16695 \n\
16696 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16697 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16698 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16699
16700 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16701 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16702 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16703 last tracepoint set."));
16704
16705 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16706
16707 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16708 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16709 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16710 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16711 &deletelist);
16712 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16713
16714 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16715 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16716 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16717 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16718 &disablelist);
16719 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16720
16721 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16722 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16723 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16724 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16725 &enablelist);
16726 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16727
16728 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16729 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16730 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16731 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16732 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16733
16734 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16735 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16736 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16737 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16738
16739 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16740 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16741 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16742 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16743 session to restore them."),
16744 &save_cmdlist);
16745 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16746
16747 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16748 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16749 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16750 &save_cmdlist);
16751 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16752
16753 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16754 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16755
16756 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16757 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16758 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16759 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16760 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16761 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16762 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16763 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16764 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16765 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16766 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16767 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16768
16769 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16770 &pending_break_support, _("\
16771 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16772 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16773 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16774 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16775 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16776 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16777 NULL,
16778 show_pending_break_support,
16779 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16780 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16781
16782 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16783
16784 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16785 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16786 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16787 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16788 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16789 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16790 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16791 NULL,
16792 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16793 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16794 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16795
16796 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16797 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16798 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16799 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16800 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16801 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16802 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16803 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16804 when execution stops."),
16805 NULL,
16806 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16807 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16808 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16809
16810 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16811 condition_evaluation_enums,
16812 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16813 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16814 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16815 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16816 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16817 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16818 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16819 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16820 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16821 be set to \"gdb\""),
16822 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16823 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16824 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16825 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16826
16827 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16828 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16829 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16830 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16831 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16832 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16833 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16834 or the start of the range\n\
16835 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16836 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16837 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16838 \n\
16839 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16840 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16841 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16842
16843 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16844 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16845 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16846 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16847 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16848 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16849 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16850
16851 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16852 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16853 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16854 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16855 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16856 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16857 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16858 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16859 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16860 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16861 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16862 &setlist, &showlist);
16863
16864 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16865 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16866 &dprintf_function, _("\
16867 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16868 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16869 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16870 &setlist, &showlist);
16871
16872 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16873 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16874 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16875 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16876 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16877 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16878 &setlist, &showlist);
16879
16880 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16881 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16882 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16883 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16884 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16885 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16886 NULL,
16887 NULL,
16888 &setlist, &showlist);
16889
16890 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16891 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16892 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16893
16894 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16895
16896 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16897 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);
16898 }